Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 48854ae | 2010-10-17 12:52:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1 | libpng-manual.txt - A description on how to use and modify libpng |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 8db1998 | 2011-10-27 16:17:24 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3 | libpng version 1.5.6rc02 - October 27, 2011 |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4 | Updated and distributed by Glenn Randers-Pehrson |
| 5 | <glennrp at users.sourceforge.net> |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 9f45c8e | 2011-01-15 19:35:03 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 6 | Copyright (c) 1998-2011 Glenn Randers-Pehrson |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 037023b | 2009-06-24 10:27:36 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 7 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | bfbf865 | 2009-06-26 21:46:52 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 8 | This document is released under the libpng license. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | c332bbc | 2009-06-25 13:43:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 9 | For conditions of distribution and use, see the disclaimer |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 037023b | 2009-06-24 10:27:36 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 10 | and license in png.h |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 11 | |
| 12 | Based on: |
| 13 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 8db1998 | 2011-10-27 16:17:24 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 14 | libpng versions 0.97, January 1998, through 1.5.6rc02 - October 27, 2011 |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 15 | Updated and distributed by Glenn Randers-Pehrson |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 9f45c8e | 2011-01-15 19:35:03 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 16 | Copyright (c) 1998-2011 Glenn Randers-Pehrson |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 17 | |
| 18 | libpng 1.0 beta 6 version 0.96 May 28, 1997 |
| 19 | Updated and distributed by Andreas Dilger |
| 20 | Copyright (c) 1996, 1997 Andreas Dilger |
| 21 | |
| 22 | libpng 1.0 beta 2 - version 0.88 January 26, 1996 |
| 23 | For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright |
| 24 | notice in png.h. Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Guy Eric |
| 25 | Schalnat, Group 42, Inc. |
| 26 | |
| 27 | Updated/rewritten per request in the libpng FAQ |
| 28 | Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Frank J. T. Wojcik |
| 29 | December 18, 1995 & January 20, 1996 |
| 30 | |
| 31 | I. Introduction |
| 32 | |
| 33 | This file describes how to use and modify the PNG reference library |
| 34 | (known as libpng) for your own use. There are five sections to this |
| 35 | file: introduction, structures, reading, writing, and modification and |
| 36 | configuration notes for various special platforms. In addition to this |
| 37 | file, example.c is a good starting point for using the library, as |
| 38 | it is heavily commented and should include everything most people |
| 39 | will need. We assume that libpng is already installed; see the |
| 40 | INSTALL file for instructions on how to install libpng. |
| 41 | |
| 42 | For examples of libpng usage, see the files "example.c", "pngtest.c", |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | f210a05 | 2009-11-12 10:02:24 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 43 | and the files in the "contrib" directory, all of which are included in |
| 44 | the libpng distribution. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 45 | |
| 46 | Libpng was written as a companion to the PNG specification, as a way |
| 47 | of reducing the amount of time and effort it takes to support the PNG |
| 48 | file format in application programs. |
| 49 | |
| 50 | The PNG specification (second edition), November 2003, is available as |
| 51 | a W3C Recommendation and as an ISO Standard (ISO/IEC 15948:2003 (E)) at |
| 52 | <http://www.w3.org/TR/2003/REC-PNG-20031110/ |
| 53 | The W3C and ISO documents have identical technical content. |
| 54 | |
| 55 | The PNG-1.2 specification is available at |
| 56 | <http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/documents/>. It is technically equivalent |
| 57 | to the PNG specification (second edition) but has some additional material. |
| 58 | |
| 59 | The PNG-1.0 specification is available |
| 60 | as RFC 2083 <http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/documents/> and as a |
| 61 | W3C Recommendation <http://www.w3.org/TR/REC.png.html>. |
| 62 | |
| 63 | Some additional chunks are described in the special-purpose public chunks |
| 64 | documents at <http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/documents/>. |
| 65 | |
| 66 | Other information |
| 67 | about PNG, and the latest version of libpng, can be found at the PNG home |
| 68 | page, <http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/>. |
| 69 | |
| 70 | Most users will not have to modify the library significantly; advanced |
| 71 | users may want to modify it more. All attempts were made to make it as |
| 72 | complete as possible, while keeping the code easy to understand. |
| 73 | Currently, this library only supports C. Support for other languages |
| 74 | is being considered. |
| 75 | |
| 76 | Libpng has been designed to handle multiple sessions at one time, |
| 77 | to be easily modifiable, to be portable to the vast majority of |
| 78 | machines (ANSI, K&R, 16-, 32-, and 64-bit) available, and to be easy |
| 79 | to use. The ultimate goal of libpng is to promote the acceptance of |
| 80 | the PNG file format in whatever way possible. While there is still |
| 81 | work to be done (see the TODO file), libpng should cover the |
| 82 | majority of the needs of its users. |
| 83 | |
| 84 | Libpng uses zlib for its compression and decompression of PNG files. |
| 85 | Further information about zlib, and the latest version of zlib, can |
| 86 | be found at the zlib home page, <http://www.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/zlib/>. |
| 87 | The zlib compression utility is a general purpose utility that is |
| 88 | useful for more than PNG files, and can be used without libpng. |
| 89 | See the documentation delivered with zlib for more details. |
| 90 | You can usually find the source files for the zlib utility wherever you |
| 91 | find the libpng source files. |
| 92 | |
| 93 | Libpng is thread safe, provided the threads are using different |
| 94 | instances of the structures. Each thread should have its own |
| 95 | png_struct and png_info instances, and thus its own image. |
| 96 | Libpng does not protect itself against two threads using the |
| 97 | same instance of a structure. |
| 98 | |
| 99 | II. Structures |
| 100 | |
| 101 | There are two main structures that are important to libpng, png_struct |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 2be8b64 | 2010-07-29 19:09:18 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 102 | and png_info. Both are internal structures that are no longer exposed |
| 103 | in the libpng interface (as of libpng 1.5.0). |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 104 | |
| 105 | The png_info structure is designed to provide information about the |
| 106 | PNG file. At one time, the fields of png_info were intended to be |
| 107 | directly accessible to the user. However, this tended to cause problems |
| 108 | with applications using dynamically loaded libraries, and as a result |
| 109 | a set of interface functions for png_info (the png_get_*() and png_set_*() |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7a28724 | 2011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 110 | functions) was developed, and direct access to the png_info fields was |
| 111 | deprecated.. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 112 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 2be8b64 | 2010-07-29 19:09:18 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 113 | The png_struct structure is the object used by the library to decode a |
| 114 | single image. As of 1.5.0 this structure is also not exposed. |
| 115 | |
| 116 | Almost all libpng APIs require a pointer to a png_struct as the first argument. |
| 117 | Many (in particular the png_set and png_get APIs) also require a pointer |
| 118 | to png_info as the second argument. Some application visible macros |
| 119 | defined in png.h designed for basic data access (reading and writing |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a5e5547 | 2011-07-12 10:13:32 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 120 | integers in the PNG format) don't take a png_info pointer, but it's almost |
| 121 | always safe to assume that a (png_struct*) has to be passed to call an API |
| 122 | function. |
| 123 | |
| 124 | You can have more than one png_info structure associated with an image, |
| 125 | as illustrated in pngtest.c, one for information valid prior to the |
| 126 | IDAT chunks and another (called "end_info" below) for things after them. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 127 | |
| 128 | The png.h header file is an invaluable reference for programming with libpng. |
| 129 | And while I'm on the topic, make sure you include the libpng header file: |
| 130 | |
| 131 | #include <png.h> |
| 132 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a5e5547 | 2011-07-12 10:13:32 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 133 | and also (as of libpng-1.5.0) the zlib header file, if you need it: |
| 134 | |
| 135 | #include <zlib.h> |
| 136 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 2be8b64 | 2010-07-29 19:09:18 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 137 | Types |
| 138 | |
| 139 | The png.h header file defines a number of integral types used by the |
| 140 | APIs. Most of these are fairly obvious; for example types corresponding |
| 141 | to integers of particular sizes and types for passing color values. |
| 142 | |
| 143 | One exception is how non-integral numbers are handled. For application |
| 144 | convenience most APIs that take such numbers have C (double) arguments, |
| 145 | however internally PNG, and libpng, use 32 bit signed integers and encode |
| 146 | the value by multiplying by 100,000. As of libpng 1.5.0 a convenience |
| 147 | macro PNG_FP_1 is defined in png.h along with a type (png_fixed_point) |
| 148 | which is simply (png_int_32). |
| 149 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7a28724 | 2011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 150 | All APIs that take (double) arguments also have a matching API that |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 2be8b64 | 2010-07-29 19:09:18 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 151 | takes the corresponding fixed point integer arguments. The fixed point |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7a28724 | 2011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 152 | API has the same name as the floating point one with "_fixed" appended. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 2be8b64 | 2010-07-29 19:09:18 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 153 | The actual range of values permitted in the APIs is frequently less than |
| 154 | the full range of (png_fixed_point) (-21474 to +21474). When APIs require |
| 155 | a non-negative argument the type is recorded as png_uint_32 above. Consult |
| 156 | the header file and the text below for more information. |
| 157 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 49a56e7 | 2010-12-06 20:06:01 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 158 | Special care must be take with sCAL chunk handling because the chunk itself |
| 159 | uses non-integral values encoded as strings containing decimal floating point |
| 160 | numbers. See the comments in the header file. |
| 161 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 2be8b64 | 2010-07-29 19:09:18 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 162 | Configuration |
| 163 | |
| 164 | The main header file function declarations are frequently protected by C |
| 165 | preprocessing directives of the form: |
| 166 | |
| 167 | #ifdef PNG_feature_SUPPORTED |
| 168 | declare-function |
| 169 | #endif |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7a28724 | 2011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 170 | ... |
| 171 | #ifdef PNG_feature_SUPPORTED |
| 172 | use-function |
| 173 | #endif |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 2be8b64 | 2010-07-29 19:09:18 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 174 | |
| 175 | The library can be built without support for these APIs, although a |
| 176 | standard build will have all implemented APIs. Application programs |
| 177 | should check the feature macros before using an API for maximum |
| 178 | portability. From libpng 1.5.0 the feature macros set during the build |
| 179 | of libpng are recorded in the header file "pnglibconf.h" and this file |
| 180 | is always included by png.h. |
| 181 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a5e5547 | 2011-07-12 10:13:32 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 182 | If you don't need to change the library configuration from the default, skip to |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 49a56e7 | 2010-12-06 20:06:01 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 183 | the next section ("Reading"). |
| 184 | |
| 185 | Notice that some of the makefiles in the 'scripts' directory and (in 1.5.0) all |
| 186 | of the build project files in the 'projects' directory simply copy |
| 187 | scripts/pnglibconf.h.prebuilt to pnglibconf.h. This means that these build |
| 188 | systems do not permit easy auto-configuration of the library - they only |
| 189 | support the default configuration. |
| 190 | |
| 191 | The easiest way to make minor changes to the libpng configuration when |
| 192 | auto-configuration is supported is to add definitions to the command line |
| 193 | using (typically) CPPFLAGS. For example: |
| 194 | |
| 195 | CPPFLAGS=-DPNG_NO_FLOATING_ARITHMETIC |
| 196 | |
| 197 | will change the internal libpng math implementation for gamma correction and |
| 198 | other arithmetic calculations to fixed point, avoiding the need for fast |
| 199 | floating point support. The result can be seen in the generated pnglibconf.h - |
| 200 | make sure it contains the changed feature macro setting. |
| 201 | |
| 202 | If you need to make more extensive configuration changes - more than one or two |
| 203 | feature macro settings - you can either add -DPNG_USER_CONFIG to the build |
| 204 | command line and put a list of feature macro settings in pngusr.h or you can set |
| 205 | DFA_XTRA (a makefile variable) to a file containing the same information in the |
| 206 | form of 'option' settings. |
| 207 | |
| 208 | A. Changing pnglibconf.h |
| 209 | |
| 210 | A variety of methods exist to build libpng. Not all of these support |
| 211 | reconfiguration of pnglibconf.h. To reconfigure pnglibconf.h it must either be |
| 212 | rebuilt from scripts/pnglibconf.dfa using awk or it must be edited by hand. |
| 213 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7a28724 | 2011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 214 | Hand editing is achieved by copying scripts/pnglibconf.h.prebuilt to |
| 215 | pnglibconf.h and changing the lines defining the supported features, paying |
| 216 | very close attention to the 'option' information in scripts/pnglibconf.dfa |
| 217 | that describes those features and their requirements. This is easy to get |
| 218 | wrong. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 49a56e7 | 2010-12-06 20:06:01 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 219 | |
| 220 | B. Configuration using DFA_XTRA |
| 221 | |
| 222 | Rebuilding from pnglibconf.dfa is easy if a functioning 'awk', or a later |
| 223 | variant such as 'nawk' or 'gawk', is available. The configure build will |
| 224 | automatically find an appropriate awk and build pnglibconf.h. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7a28724 | 2011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 225 | The scripts/pnglibconf.mak file contains a set of make rules for doing the |
| 226 | same thing if configure is not used, and many of the makefiles in the scripts |
| 227 | directory use this approach. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 49a56e7 | 2010-12-06 20:06:01 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 228 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7a28724 | 2011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 229 | When rebuilding simply write a new file containing changed options and set |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 49a56e7 | 2010-12-06 20:06:01 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 230 | DFA_XTRA to the name of this file. This causes the build to append the new file |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7a28724 | 2011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 231 | to the end of scripts/pnglibconf.dfa. The pngusr.dfa file should contain lines |
| 232 | of the following forms: |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 49a56e7 | 2010-12-06 20:06:01 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 233 | |
| 234 | everything = off |
| 235 | |
| 236 | This turns all optional features off. Include it at the start of pngusr.dfa to |
| 237 | make it easier to build a minimal configuration. You will need to turn at least |
| 238 | some features on afterward to enable either reading or writing code, or both. |
| 239 | |
| 240 | option feature on |
| 241 | option feature off |
| 242 | |
| 243 | Enable or disable a single feature. This will automatically enable other |
| 244 | features required by a feature that is turned on or disable other features that |
| 245 | require a feature which is turned off. Conflicting settings will cause an error |
| 246 | message to be emitted by awk. |
| 247 | |
| 248 | setting feature default value |
| 249 | |
| 250 | Changes the default value of setting 'feature' to 'value'. There are a small |
| 251 | number of settings listed at the top of pnglibconf.h, they are documented in the |
| 252 | source code. Most of these values have performance implications for the library |
| 253 | but most of them have no visible effect on the API. Some can also be overridden |
| 254 | from the API. |
| 255 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a5e5547 | 2011-07-12 10:13:32 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 256 | This method of building a customized pnglibconf.h is illustrated in |
| 257 | contrib/pngminim/*. See the "$(PNGCONF):" target in the makefile and |
| 258 | pngusr.dfa in these directories. |
| 259 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 49a56e7 | 2010-12-06 20:06:01 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 260 | C. Configuration using PNG_USR_CONFIG |
| 261 | |
| 262 | If -DPNG_USR_CONFIG is added to the CFLAGS when pnglibconf.h is built the file |
| 263 | pngusr.h will automatically be included before the options in |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7a28724 | 2011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 264 | scripts/pnglibconf.dfa are processed. Your pngusr.h file should contain only |
| 265 | macro definitions turning features on or off or setting settings. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 49a56e7 | 2010-12-06 20:06:01 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 266 | |
| 267 | Apart from the global setting "everything = off" all the options listed above |
| 268 | can be set using macros in pngusr.h: |
| 269 | |
| 270 | #define PNG_feature_SUPPORTED |
| 271 | |
| 272 | is equivalent to: |
| 273 | |
| 274 | option feature on |
| 275 | |
| 276 | #define PNG_NO_feature |
| 277 | |
| 278 | is equivalent to: |
| 279 | |
| 280 | option feature off |
| 281 | |
| 282 | #define PNG_feature value |
| 283 | |
| 284 | is equivalent to: |
| 285 | |
| 286 | setting feature default value |
| 287 | |
| 288 | Notice that in both cases, pngusr.dfa and pngusr.h, the contents of the |
| 289 | pngusr file you supply override the contents of scripts/pnglibconf.dfa |
| 290 | |
| 291 | If confusing or incomprehensible behavior results it is possible to |
| 292 | examine the intermediate file pnglibconf.dfn to find the full set of |
| 293 | dependency information for each setting and option. Simply locate the |
| 294 | feature in the file and read the C comments that precede it. |
| 295 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a5e5547 | 2011-07-12 10:13:32 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 296 | This method is also illustrated in the contrib/pngminim/* makefiles and |
| 297 | pngusr.h. |
| 298 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 299 | III. Reading |
| 300 | |
| 301 | We'll now walk you through the possible functions to call when reading |
| 302 | in a PNG file sequentially, briefly explaining the syntax and purpose |
| 303 | of each one. See example.c and png.h for more detail. While |
| 304 | progressive reading is covered in the next section, you will still |
| 305 | need some of the functions discussed in this section to read a PNG |
| 306 | file. |
| 307 | |
| 308 | Setup |
| 309 | |
| 310 | You will want to do the I/O initialization(*) before you get into libpng, |
| 311 | so if it doesn't work, you don't have much to undo. Of course, you |
| 312 | will also want to insure that you are, in fact, dealing with a PNG |
| 313 | file. Libpng provides a simple check to see if a file is a PNG file. |
| 314 | To use it, pass in the first 1 to 8 bytes of the file to the function |
| 315 | png_sig_cmp(), and it will return 0 (false) if the bytes match the |
| 316 | corresponding bytes of the PNG signature, or nonzero (true) otherwise. |
| 317 | Of course, the more bytes you pass in, the greater the accuracy of the |
| 318 | prediction. |
| 319 | |
| 320 | If you are intending to keep the file pointer open for use in libpng, |
| 321 | you must ensure you don't read more than 8 bytes from the beginning |
| 322 | of the file, and you also have to make a call to png_set_sig_bytes_read() |
| 323 | with the number of bytes you read from the beginning. Libpng will |
| 324 | then only check the bytes (if any) that your program didn't read. |
| 325 | |
| 326 | (*): If you are not using the standard I/O functions, you will need |
| 327 | to replace them with custom functions. See the discussion under |
| 328 | Customizing libpng. |
| 329 | |
| 330 | |
| 331 | FILE *fp = fopen(file_name, "rb"); |
| 332 | if (!fp) |
| 333 | { |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 334 | return (ERROR); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 335 | } |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 336 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 337 | fread(header, 1, number, fp); |
| 338 | is_png = !png_sig_cmp(header, 0, number); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 339 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 340 | if (!is_png) |
| 341 | { |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 342 | return (NOT_PNG); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 343 | } |
| 344 | |
| 345 | |
| 346 | Next, png_struct and png_info need to be allocated and initialized. In |
| 347 | order to ensure that the size of these structures is correct even with a |
| 348 | dynamically linked libpng, there are functions to initialize and |
| 349 | allocate the structures. We also pass the library version, optional |
| 350 | pointers to error handling functions, and a pointer to a data struct for |
| 351 | use by the error functions, if necessary (the pointer and functions can |
| 352 | be NULL if the default error handlers are to be used). See the section |
| 353 | on Changes to Libpng below regarding the old initialization functions. |
| 354 | The structure allocation functions quietly return NULL if they fail to |
| 355 | create the structure, so your application should check for that. |
| 356 | |
| 357 | png_structp png_ptr = png_create_read_struct |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 358 | (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 359 | user_error_fn, user_warning_fn); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 360 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 361 | if (!png_ptr) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 362 | return (ERROR); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 363 | |
| 364 | png_infop info_ptr = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 365 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 366 | if (!info_ptr) |
| 367 | { |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 368 | png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 369 | (png_infopp)NULL, (png_infopp)NULL); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 370 | return (ERROR); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 371 | } |
| 372 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 373 | If you want to use your own memory allocation routines, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 374 | use a libpng that was built with PNG_USER_MEM_SUPPORTED defined, and use |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 375 | png_create_read_struct_2() instead of png_create_read_struct(): |
| 376 | |
| 377 | png_structp png_ptr = png_create_read_struct_2 |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 20786be | 2011-04-20 22:20:40 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 378 | (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 379 | user_error_fn, user_warning_fn, (png_voidp) |
| 380 | user_mem_ptr, user_malloc_fn, user_free_fn); |
| 381 | |
| 382 | The error handling routines passed to png_create_read_struct() |
| 383 | and the memory alloc/free routines passed to png_create_struct_2() |
| 384 | are only necessary if you are not using the libpng supplied error |
| 385 | handling and memory alloc/free functions. |
| 386 | |
| 387 | When libpng encounters an error, it expects to longjmp back |
| 388 | to your routine. Therefore, you will need to call setjmp and pass |
| 389 | your png_jmpbuf(png_ptr). If you read the file from different |
John Bowler | e6dc85b | 2011-04-27 14:47:15 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 390 | routines, you will need to update the longjmp buffer every time you enter |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 391 | a new routine that will call a png_*() function. |
| 392 | |
| 393 | See your documentation of setjmp/longjmp for your compiler for more |
| 394 | information on setjmp/longjmp. See the discussion on libpng error |
| 395 | handling in the Customizing Libpng section below for more information |
| 396 | on the libpng error handling. If an error occurs, and libpng longjmp's |
| 397 | back to your setjmp, you will want to call png_destroy_read_struct() to |
| 398 | free any memory. |
| 399 | |
| 400 | if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png_ptr))) |
| 401 | { |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 402 | png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 403 | &end_info); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 404 | fclose(fp); |
| 405 | return (ERROR); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 406 | } |
| 407 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 20786be | 2011-04-20 22:20:40 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 408 | Pass (png_infopp)NULL instead of &end_info if you didn't create |
| 409 | an end_info structure. |
| 410 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 411 | If you would rather avoid the complexity of setjmp/longjmp issues, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 54ac9a9 | 2010-04-02 17:06:22 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 412 | you can compile libpng with PNG_NO_SETJMP, in which case |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 413 | errors will result in a call to PNG_ABORT() which defaults to abort(). |
| 414 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 54ac9a9 | 2010-04-02 17:06:22 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 415 | You can #define PNG_ABORT() to a function that does something |
| 416 | more useful than abort(), as long as your function does not |
| 417 | return. |
| 418 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 419 | Now you need to set up the input code. The default for libpng is to |
| 420 | use the C function fread(). If you use this, you will need to pass a |
| 421 | valid FILE * in the function png_init_io(). Be sure that the file is |
| 422 | opened in binary mode. If you wish to handle reading data in another |
| 423 | way, you need not call the png_init_io() function, but you must then |
| 424 | implement the libpng I/O methods discussed in the Customizing Libpng |
| 425 | section below. |
| 426 | |
| 427 | png_init_io(png_ptr, fp); |
| 428 | |
| 429 | If you had previously opened the file and read any of the signature from |
| 430 | the beginning in order to see if this was a PNG file, you need to let |
| 431 | libpng know that there are some bytes missing from the start of the file. |
| 432 | |
| 433 | png_set_sig_bytes(png_ptr, number); |
| 434 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | e3f3c4e | 2010-02-07 18:08:50 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 435 | You can change the zlib compression buffer size to be used while |
| 436 | reading compressed data with |
| 437 | |
| 438 | png_set_compression_buffer_size(png_ptr, buffer_size); |
| 439 | |
| 440 | where the default size is 8192 bytes. Note that the buffer size |
| 441 | is changed immediately and the buffer is reallocated immediately, |
| 442 | instead of setting a flag to be acted upon later. |
| 443 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 9dd1cdf | 2011-01-06 21:42:36 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 444 | If you want CRC errors to be handled in a different manner than |
| 445 | the default, use |
| 446 | |
| 447 | png_set_crc_action(png_ptr, crit_action, ancil_action); |
| 448 | |
| 449 | The values for png_set_crc_action() say how libpng is to handle CRC errors in |
| 450 | ancillary and critical chunks, and whether to use the data contained |
| 451 | therein. Note that it is impossible to "discard" data in a critical |
| 452 | chunk. |
| 453 | |
| 454 | Choices for (int) crit_action are |
| 455 | PNG_CRC_DEFAULT 0 error/quit |
| 456 | PNG_CRC_ERROR_QUIT 1 error/quit |
| 457 | PNG_CRC_WARN_USE 3 warn/use data |
| 458 | PNG_CRC_QUIET_USE 4 quiet/use data |
| 459 | PNG_CRC_NO_CHANGE 5 use the current value |
| 460 | |
| 461 | Choices for (int) ancil_action are |
| 462 | PNG_CRC_DEFAULT 0 error/quit |
| 463 | PNG_CRC_ERROR_QUIT 1 error/quit |
| 464 | PNG_CRC_WARN_DISCARD 2 warn/discard data |
| 465 | PNG_CRC_WARN_USE 3 warn/use data |
| 466 | PNG_CRC_QUIET_USE 4 quiet/use data |
| 467 | PNG_CRC_NO_CHANGE 5 use the current value |
| 468 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 469 | Setting up callback code |
| 470 | |
| 471 | You can set up a callback function to handle any unknown chunks in the |
| 472 | input stream. You must supply the function |
| 473 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 81ce889 | 2011-01-24 08:04:37 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 474 | read_chunk_callback(png_structp png_ptr, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 475 | png_unknown_chunkp chunk); |
| 476 | { |
| 477 | /* The unknown chunk structure contains your |
| 478 | chunk data, along with similar data for any other |
| 479 | unknown chunks: */ |
| 480 | |
| 481 | png_byte name[5]; |
| 482 | png_byte *data; |
| 483 | png_size_t size; |
| 484 | |
| 485 | /* Note that libpng has already taken care of |
| 486 | the CRC handling */ |
| 487 | |
| 488 | /* put your code here. Search for your chunk in the |
| 489 | unknown chunk structure, process it, and return one |
| 490 | of the following: */ |
| 491 | |
| 492 | return (-n); /* chunk had an error */ |
| 493 | return (0); /* did not recognize */ |
| 494 | return (n); /* success */ |
| 495 | } |
| 496 | |
| 497 | (You can give your function another name that you like instead of |
| 498 | "read_chunk_callback") |
| 499 | |
| 500 | To inform libpng about your function, use |
| 501 | |
| 502 | png_set_read_user_chunk_fn(png_ptr, user_chunk_ptr, |
| 503 | read_chunk_callback); |
| 504 | |
| 505 | This names not only the callback function, but also a user pointer that |
| 506 | you can retrieve with |
| 507 | |
| 508 | png_get_user_chunk_ptr(png_ptr); |
| 509 | |
| 510 | If you call the png_set_read_user_chunk_fn() function, then all unknown |
| 511 | chunks will be saved when read, in case your callback function will need |
| 512 | one or more of them. This behavior can be changed with the |
| 513 | png_set_keep_unknown_chunks() function, described below. |
| 514 | |
| 515 | At this point, you can set up a callback function that will be |
| 516 | called after each row has been read, which you can use to control |
| 517 | a progress meter or the like. It's demonstrated in pngtest.c. |
| 518 | You must supply a function |
| 519 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 81ce889 | 2011-01-24 08:04:37 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 520 | void read_row_callback(png_structp png_ptr, |
| 521 | png_uint_32 row, int pass); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 522 | { |
| 523 | /* put your code here */ |
| 524 | } |
| 525 | |
| 526 | (You can give it another name that you like instead of "read_row_callback") |
| 527 | |
| 528 | To inform libpng about your function, use |
| 529 | |
| 530 | png_set_read_status_fn(png_ptr, read_row_callback); |
| 531 | |
John Bowler | 59010e5 | 2011-02-16 06:16:31 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 532 | When this function is called the row has already been completely processed and |
| 533 | the 'row' and 'pass' refer to the next row to be handled. For the |
| 534 | non-interlaced case the row that was just handled is simply one less than the |
| 535 | passed in row number, and pass will always be 0. For the interlaced case the |
| 536 | same applies unless the row value is 0, in which case the row just handled was |
| 537 | the last one from one of the preceding passes. Because interlacing may skip a |
| 538 | pass you cannot be sure that the preceding pass is just 'pass-1', if you really |
| 539 | need to know what the last pass is record (row,pass) from the callback and use |
| 540 | the last recorded value each time. |
| 541 | |
| 542 | As with the user transform you can find the output row using the |
| 543 | PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW macro. |
| 544 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 545 | Unknown-chunk handling |
| 546 | |
| 547 | Now you get to set the way the library processes unknown chunks in the |
| 548 | input PNG stream. Both known and unknown chunks will be read. Normal |
| 549 | behavior is that known chunks will be parsed into information in |
| 550 | various info_ptr members while unknown chunks will be discarded. This |
| 551 | behavior can be wasteful if your application will never use some known |
| 552 | chunk types. To change this, you can call: |
| 553 | |
| 554 | png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(png_ptr, keep, |
| 555 | chunk_list, num_chunks); |
| 556 | keep - 0: default unknown chunk handling |
| 557 | 1: ignore; do not keep |
| 558 | 2: keep only if safe-to-copy |
| 559 | 3: keep even if unsafe-to-copy |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 560 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 561 | You can use these definitions: |
| 562 | PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_AS_DEFAULT 0 |
| 563 | PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_NEVER 1 |
| 564 | PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_IF_SAFE 2 |
| 565 | PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_ALWAYS 3 |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 566 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 567 | chunk_list - list of chunks affected (a byte string, |
| 568 | five bytes per chunk, NULL or '\0' if |
| 569 | num_chunks is 0) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 570 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 571 | num_chunks - number of chunks affected; if 0, all |
| 572 | unknown chunks are affected. If nonzero, |
| 573 | only the chunks in the list are affected |
| 574 | |
| 575 | Unknown chunks declared in this way will be saved as raw data onto a |
| 576 | list of png_unknown_chunk structures. If a chunk that is normally |
| 577 | known to libpng is named in the list, it will be handled as unknown, |
| 578 | according to the "keep" directive. If a chunk is named in successive |
| 579 | instances of png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(), the final instance will |
| 580 | take precedence. The IHDR and IEND chunks should not be named in |
| 581 | chunk_list; if they are, libpng will process them normally anyway. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7a28724 | 2011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 582 | If you know that your application will never make use of some particular |
| 583 | chunks, use PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_NEVER (or 1) as demonstrated below. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 584 | |
| 585 | Here is an example of the usage of png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(), |
| 586 | where the private "vpAg" chunk will later be processed by a user chunk |
| 587 | callback function: |
| 588 | |
| 589 | png_byte vpAg[5]={118, 112, 65, 103, (png_byte) '\0'}; |
| 590 | |
| 591 | #if defined(PNG_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED) |
| 592 | png_byte unused_chunks[]= |
| 593 | { |
| 594 | 104, 73, 83, 84, (png_byte) '\0', /* hIST */ |
| 595 | 105, 84, 88, 116, (png_byte) '\0', /* iTXt */ |
| 596 | 112, 67, 65, 76, (png_byte) '\0', /* pCAL */ |
| 597 | 115, 67, 65, 76, (png_byte) '\0', /* sCAL */ |
| 598 | 115, 80, 76, 84, (png_byte) '\0', /* sPLT */ |
| 599 | 116, 73, 77, 69, (png_byte) '\0', /* tIME */ |
| 600 | }; |
| 601 | #endif |
| 602 | |
| 603 | ... |
| 604 | |
| 605 | #if defined(PNG_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED) |
| 606 | /* ignore all unknown chunks: */ |
| 607 | png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(read_ptr, 1, NULL, 0); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 608 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 609 | /* except for vpAg: */ |
| 610 | png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(read_ptr, 2, vpAg, 1); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 611 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 612 | /* also ignore unused known chunks: */ |
| 613 | png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(read_ptr, 1, unused_chunks, |
| 614 | (int)sizeof(unused_chunks)/5); |
| 615 | #endif |
| 616 | |
| 617 | User limits |
| 618 | |
| 619 | The PNG specification allows the width and height of an image to be as |
| 620 | large as 2^31-1 (0x7fffffff), or about 2.147 billion rows and columns. |
| 621 | Since very few applications really need to process such large images, |
| 622 | we have imposed an arbitrary 1-million limit on rows and columns. |
| 623 | Larger images will be rejected immediately with a png_error() call. If |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 0cb906d | 2011-06-11 14:22:22 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 624 | you wish to change this limit, you can use |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 625 | |
| 626 | png_set_user_limits(png_ptr, width_max, height_max); |
| 627 | |
| 628 | to set your own limits, or use width_max = height_max = 0x7fffffffL |
| 629 | to allow all valid dimensions (libpng may reject some very large images |
| 630 | anyway because of potential buffer overflow conditions). |
| 631 | |
| 632 | You should put this statement after you create the PNG structure and |
| 633 | before calling png_read_info(), png_read_png(), or png_process_data(). |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | cc27708 | 2011-06-10 21:17:34 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 634 | |
| 635 | When writing a PNG datastream, put this statement before calling |
| 636 | png_write_info() or png_write_png(). |
| 637 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 638 | If you need to retrieve the limits that are being applied, use |
| 639 | |
| 640 | width_max = png_get_user_width_max(png_ptr); |
| 641 | height_max = png_get_user_height_max(png_ptr); |
| 642 | |
| 643 | The PNG specification sets no limit on the number of ancillary chunks |
| 644 | allowed in a PNG datastream. You can impose a limit on the total number |
| 645 | of sPLT, tEXt, iTXt, zTXt, and unknown chunks that will be stored, with |
| 646 | |
| 647 | png_set_chunk_cache_max(png_ptr, user_chunk_cache_max); |
| 648 | |
| 649 | where 0x7fffffffL means unlimited. You can retrieve this limit with |
| 650 | |
| 651 | chunk_cache_max = png_get_chunk_cache_max(png_ptr); |
| 652 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | ef29a5e | 2009-10-31 19:37:05 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 653 | This limit also applies to the number of buffers that can be allocated |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 8f5846f | 2009-10-31 21:31:08 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 654 | by png_decompress_chunk() while decompressing iTXt, zTXt, and iCCP chunks. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | ef29a5e | 2009-10-31 19:37:05 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 655 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | e3f3c4e | 2010-02-07 18:08:50 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 656 | You can also set a limit on the amount of memory that a compressed chunk |
| 657 | other than IDAT can occupy, with |
| 658 | |
| 659 | png_set_chunk_malloc_max(png_ptr, user_chunk_malloc_max); |
| 660 | |
| 661 | and you can retrieve the limit with |
| 662 | |
| 663 | chunk_malloc_max = png_get_chunk_malloc_max(png_ptr); |
| 664 | |
| 665 | Any chunks that would cause either of these limits to be exceeded will |
| 666 | be ignored. |
| 667 | |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 668 | Information about your system |
| 669 | |
| 670 | If you intend to display the PNG or to incorporate it in other image data you |
| 671 | need to tell libpng information about your display or drawing surface so that |
| 672 | libpng can convert the values in the image to match the display. |
| 673 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 733b131 | 2011-06-15 13:21:01 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 674 | From libpng-1.5.4 this information can be set before reading the PNG file |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 675 | header. In earlier versions png_set_gamma() existed but behaved incorrectly if |
| 676 | called before the PNG file header had been read and png_set_alpha_mode() did not |
| 677 | exist. |
| 678 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 733b131 | 2011-06-15 13:21:01 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 679 | If you need to support versions prior to libpng-1.5.4 test the version number |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7a28724 | 2011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 680 | as illustrated below using "PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10504" and follow the procedures |
| 681 | described in the appropriate manual page. |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 682 | |
| 683 | You give libpng the encoding expected by your system expressed as a 'gamma' |
| 684 | value. You can also specify a default encoding for the PNG file in |
| 685 | case the required information is missing from the file. By default libpng |
| 686 | assumes that the PNG data matches your system, to keep this default call: |
| 687 | |
| 688 | png_set_gamma(png_ptr, screen_gamma, 1/screen_gamma/*file gamma*/); |
| 689 | |
| 690 | or you can use the fixed point equivalent: |
| 691 | |
| 692 | png_set_gamma_fixed(png_ptr, PNG_FP_1*screen_gamma, PNG_FP_1/screen_gamma); |
| 693 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 95ba417 | 2011-09-08 12:21:42 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 694 | If you don't know the gamma for your system it is probably 2.2 - a good |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 695 | approximation to the IEC standard for display systems (sRGB). If images are |
| 696 | too contrasty or washed out you got the value wrong - check your system |
| 697 | documentation! |
| 698 | |
| 699 | Many systems permit the system gamma to be changed via a lookup table in the |
| 700 | display driver, a few systems, including older Macs, change the response by |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 733b131 | 2011-06-15 13:21:01 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 701 | default. As of 1.5.4 three special values are available to handle common |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 702 | situations: |
| 703 | |
| 704 | PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB: Indicates that the system conforms to the IEC 61966-2-1 |
| 705 | standard. This matches almost all systems. |
| 706 | PNG_GAMMA_MAC_18: Indicates that the system is an older (pre Mac OS 10.6) |
| 707 | Apple Macintosh system with the default settings. |
| 708 | PNG_GAMMA_LINEAR: Just the fixed point value for 1.0 - indicates that the |
| 709 | system expects data with no gamma encoding. |
| 710 | |
| 711 | You would use the linear (unencoded) value if you need to process the pixel |
| 712 | values further because this avoids the need to decode and reencode each |
| 713 | component value whenever arithmetic is performed. A lot of graphics software |
| 714 | uses linear values for this reason, often with higher precision component values |
| 715 | to preserve overall accuracy. |
| 716 | |
| 717 | The second thing you may need to tell libpng about is how your system handles |
| 718 | alpha channel information. Some, but not all, PNG files contain an alpha |
| 719 | channel. To display these files correctly you need to compose the data onto a |
| 720 | suitable background, as described in the PNG specification. |
| 721 | |
| 722 | Libpng only supports composing onto a single color (using png_set_background; |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 95ba417 | 2011-09-08 12:21:42 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 723 | see below). Otherwise you must do the composition yourself and, in this case, |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 724 | you may need to call png_set_alpha_mode: |
| 725 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7a28724 | 2011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 726 | #if PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10504 |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 727 | png_set_alpha_mode(png_ptr, mode, screen_gamma); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 95ba417 | 2011-09-08 12:21:42 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 728 | #else |
| 729 | png_set_gamma(png_ptr, screen_gamma, 1.0/screen_gamma); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7a28724 | 2011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 730 | #endif |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 731 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 95ba417 | 2011-09-08 12:21:42 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 732 | The screen_gamma value is the same as the argument to png_set_gamma; however, |
| 733 | how it affects the output depends on the mode. png_set_alpha_mode() sets the |
| 734 | file gamma default to 1/screen_gamma, so normally you don't need to call |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 593fc04 | 2011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 735 | png_set_gamma. If you need different defaults call png_set_gamma() before |
| 736 | png_set_alpha_mode() - if you call it after it will override the settings made |
| 737 | by png_set_alpha_mode(). |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 738 | |
| 739 | The mode is as follows: |
| 740 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 593fc04 | 2011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 741 | PNG_ALPHA_PNG: The data is encoded according to the PNG specification. Red, |
| 742 | green and blue, or gray, components are gamma encoded color |
| 743 | values and are not premultiplied by the alpha value. The |
| 744 | alpha value is a linear measure of the contribution of the |
| 745 | pixel to the corresponding final output pixel. |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 746 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 593fc04 | 2011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 747 | You should normally use this format if you intend to perform |
| 748 | color correction on the color values; most, maybe all, color |
| 749 | correction software has no handling for the alpha channel and, |
| 750 | anyway, the math to handle pre-multiplied component values is |
| 751 | unnecessarily complex. |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 752 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 593fc04 | 2011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 753 | Before you do any arithmetic on the component values you need |
| 754 | to remove the gamma encoding and multiply out the alpha |
| 755 | channel. See the PNG specification for more detail. It is |
| 756 | important to note that when an image with an alpha channel is |
| 757 | scaled, linear encoded, pre-multiplied component values must |
| 758 | be used! |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 759 | |
| 760 | The remaining modes assume you don't need to do any further color correction or |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 95ba417 | 2011-09-08 12:21:42 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 761 | that if you do, your color correction software knows all about alpha (it |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 762 | probably doesn't!) |
| 763 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 95ba417 | 2011-09-08 12:21:42 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 764 | PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD: The data libpng produces |
| 765 | is encoded in the standard way |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 593fc04 | 2011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 766 | assumed by most correctly written graphics software. |
| 767 | The gamma encoding will be removed by libpng and the |
| 768 | linear component values will be pre-multiplied by the |
| 769 | alpha channel. |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 770 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 593fc04 | 2011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 771 | With this format the final image must be re-encoded to |
| 772 | match the display gamma before the image is displayed. |
| 773 | If your system doesn't do that, yet still seems to |
| 774 | perform arithmetic on the pixels without decoding them, |
| 775 | it is broken - check out the modes below. |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 776 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 593fc04 | 2011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 777 | With PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD libpng always produces linear |
| 778 | component values, whatever screen_gamma you supply. The |
| 779 | screen_gamma value is, however, used as a default for |
| 780 | the file gamma if the PNG file has no gamma information. |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 781 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 593fc04 | 2011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 782 | If you call png_set_gamma() after png_set_alpha_mode() you |
| 783 | will override the linear encoding. Instead the |
| 784 | pre-multiplied pixel values will be gamma encoded but |
| 785 | the alpha channel will still be linear. This may |
| 786 | actually match the requirements of some broken software, |
| 787 | but it is unlikely. |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 788 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 593fc04 | 2011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 789 | While linear 8-bit data is often used it has |
| 790 | insufficient precision for any image with a reasonable |
| 791 | dynamic range. To avoid problems, and if your software |
| 792 | supports it, use png_set_expand_16() to force all |
| 793 | components to 16 bits. |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 794 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 95ba417 | 2011-09-08 12:21:42 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 795 | PNG_ALPHA_OPTIMIZED: This mode is the same |
| 796 | as PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD except that |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 593fc04 | 2011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 797 | completely opaque pixels are gamma encoded according to |
| 798 | the screen_gamma value. Pixels with alpha less than 1.0 |
| 799 | will still have linear components. |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 800 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 593fc04 | 2011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 801 | Use this format if you have control over your |
| 802 | compositing software and do don't do other arithmetic |
| 803 | (such as scaling) on the data you get from libpng. Your |
| 804 | compositing software can simply copy opaque pixels to |
| 805 | the output but still has linear values for the |
| 806 | non-opaque pixels. |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 807 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 593fc04 | 2011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 808 | In normal compositing, where the alpha channel encodes |
| 809 | partial pixel coverage (as opposed to broad area |
| 810 | translucency), the inaccuracies of the 8-bit |
| 811 | representation of non-opaque pixels are irrelevant. |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 812 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 593fc04 | 2011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 813 | You can also try this format if your software is broken; |
| 814 | it might look better. |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 815 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 95ba417 | 2011-09-08 12:21:42 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 816 | PNG_ALPHA_BROKEN: This is PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD; |
| 817 | however, all component values, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 593fc04 | 2011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 818 | including the alpha channel are gamma encoded. This is |
| 819 | an appropriate format to try if your software, or more |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 95ba417 | 2011-09-08 12:21:42 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 820 | likely hardware, is totally broken, i.e., if it performs |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 593fc04 | 2011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 821 | linear arithmetic directly on gamma encoded values. |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 822 | |
| 823 | In most cases of broken software or hardware the bug in the final display |
| 824 | manifests as a subtle halo around composited parts of the image. You may not |
| 825 | even perceive this as a halo; the composited part of the image may simply appear |
| 826 | separate from the background, as though it had been cut out of paper and pasted |
| 827 | on afterward. |
| 828 | |
| 829 | If you don't have to deal with bugs in software or hardware, or if you can fix |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 593fc04 | 2011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 830 | them, there are three recommended ways of using png_set_alpha_mode(): |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 831 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 593fc04 | 2011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 832 | png_set_alpha_mode(png_ptr, PNG_ALPHA_PNG, |
| 833 | screen_gamma); |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 834 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 593fc04 | 2011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 835 | You can do color correction on the result (libpng does not currently |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 95ba417 | 2011-09-08 12:21:42 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 836 | support color correction internally). When you handle the alpha channel |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 593fc04 | 2011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 837 | you need to undo the gamma encoding and multiply out the alpha. |
| 838 | |
| 839 | png_set_alpha_mode(png_ptr, PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD, |
| 840 | screen_gamma); |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 841 | png_set_expand_16(png_ptr); |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 842 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 95ba417 | 2011-09-08 12:21:42 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 843 | If you are using the high level interface, don't call png_set_expand_16(); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 593fc04 | 2011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 844 | instead pass PNG_TRANSFORM_EXPAND_16 to the interface. |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 845 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 593fc04 | 2011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 846 | With this mode you can't do color correction, but you can do arithmetic, |
| 847 | including composition and scaling, on the data without further processing. |
| 848 | |
| 849 | png_set_alpha_mode(png_ptr, PNG_ALPHA_OPTIMIZED, |
| 850 | screen_gamma); |
| 851 | |
| 852 | You can avoid the expansion to 16-bit components with this mode, but you |
| 853 | lose the ability to scale the image or perform other linear arithmetic. |
| 854 | All you can do is compose the result onto a matching output. Since this |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 95ba417 | 2011-09-08 12:21:42 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 855 | mode is libpng-specific you also need to write your own composition |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 593fc04 | 2011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 856 | software. |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 857 | |
| 858 | If you don't need, or can't handle, the alpha channel you can call |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 593fc04 | 2011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 859 | png_set_background() to remove it by compositing against a fixed color. Don't |
| 860 | call png_set_strip_alpha() to do this - it will leave spurious pixel values in |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 861 | transparent parts of this image. |
| 862 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 593fc04 | 2011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 863 | png_set_background(png_ptr, &background_color, |
| 864 | PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_SCREEN, 0, 1); |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 865 | |
| 866 | The background_color is an RGB or grayscale value according to the data format |
| 867 | libpng will produce for you. Because you don't yet know the format of the PNG |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 95ba417 | 2011-09-08 12:21:42 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 868 | file, if you call png_set_background at this point you must arrange for the |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 869 | format produced by libpng to always have 8-bit or 16-bit components and then |
| 870 | store the color as an 8-bit or 16-bit color as appropriate. The color contains |
| 871 | separate gray and RGB component values, so you can let libpng produce gray or |
| 872 | RGB output according to the input format, but low bit depth grayscale images |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | ab38979 | 2011-07-09 19:35:22 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 873 | must always be converted to at least 8-bit format. (Even though low bit depth |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 874 | grayscale images can't have an alpha channel they can have a transparent |
| 875 | color!) |
| 876 | |
| 877 | You set the transforms you need later, either as flags to the high level |
| 878 | interface or libpng API calls for the low level interface. For reference the |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 733b131 | 2011-06-15 13:21:01 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 879 | settings and API calls required are: |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 880 | |
| 881 | 8-bit values: |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | fb29e51 | 2011-06-17 20:38:24 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 882 | PNG_TRANSFORM_SCALE_16 | PNG_EXPAND |
| 883 | png_set_expand(png_ptr); png_set_scale_16(png_ptr); |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 884 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 733b131 | 2011-06-15 13:21:01 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 885 | If you must get exactly the same inaccurate results |
| 886 | produced by default in versions prior to libpng-1.5.4, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | fb29e51 | 2011-06-17 20:38:24 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 887 | use PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_16 and png_set_strip_16(png_ptr) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 733b131 | 2011-06-15 13:21:01 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 888 | instead. |
| 889 | |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 890 | 16-bit values: |
| 891 | PNG_TRANSFORM_EXPAND_16 |
| 892 | png_set_expand_16(png_ptr); |
| 893 | |
| 894 | In either case palette image data will be expanded to RGB. If you just want |
| 895 | color data you can add PNG_TRANSFORM_GRAY_TO_RGB or png_set_gray_to_rgb(png_ptr) |
| 896 | to the list. |
| 897 | |
| 898 | Calling png_set_background before the PNG file header is read will not work |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 733b131 | 2011-06-15 13:21:01 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 899 | prior to libpng-1.5.4. Because the failure may result in unexpected warnings or |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 900 | errors it is therefore much safer to call png_set_background after the head has |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 733b131 | 2011-06-15 13:21:01 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 901 | been read. Unfortunately this means that prior to libpng-1.5.4 it cannot be |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 902 | used with the high level interface. |
| 903 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 904 | The high-level read interface |
| 905 | |
| 906 | At this point there are two ways to proceed; through the high-level |
| 907 | read interface, or through a sequence of low-level read operations. |
| 908 | You can use the high-level interface if (a) you are willing to read |
| 909 | the entire image into memory, and (b) the input transformations |
| 910 | you want to do are limited to the following set: |
| 911 | |
| 912 | PNG_TRANSFORM_IDENTITY No transformation |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | fb29e51 | 2011-06-17 20:38:24 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 913 | PNG_TRANSFORM_SCALE_16 Strip 16-bit samples to |
| 914 | 8-bit accurately |
| 915 | PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_16 Chop 16-bit samples to |
| 916 | 8-bit less accurately |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 917 | PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_ALPHA Discard the alpha channel |
| 918 | PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKING Expand 1, 2 and 4-bit |
| 919 | samples to bytes |
| 920 | PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKSWAP Change order of packed |
| 921 | pixels to LSB first |
| 922 | PNG_TRANSFORM_EXPAND Perform set_expand() |
| 923 | PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_MONO Invert monochrome images |
| 924 | PNG_TRANSFORM_SHIFT Normalize pixels to the |
| 925 | sBIT depth |
| 926 | PNG_TRANSFORM_BGR Flip RGB to BGR, RGBA |
| 927 | to BGRA |
| 928 | PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ALPHA Flip RGBA to ARGB or GA |
| 929 | to AG |
| 930 | PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_ALPHA Change alpha from opacity |
| 931 | to transparency |
| 932 | PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ENDIAN Byte-swap 16-bit samples |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 99708d5 | 2009-06-29 17:30:00 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 933 | PNG_TRANSFORM_GRAY_TO_RGB Expand grayscale samples |
| 934 | to RGB (or GA to RGBA) |
John Bowler | a9b3419 | 2011-05-08 19:46:51 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 935 | PNG_TRANSFORM_EXPAND_16 Expand samples to 16 bits |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 936 | |
| 937 | (This excludes setting a background color, doing gamma transformation, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 3cd7cff | 2010-04-16 19:27:08 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 938 | quantizing, and setting filler.) If this is the case, simply do this: |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 939 | |
| 940 | png_read_png(png_ptr, info_ptr, png_transforms, NULL) |
| 941 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | f210a05 | 2009-11-12 10:02:24 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 942 | where png_transforms is an integer containing the bitwise OR of some |
| 943 | set of transformation flags. This call is equivalent to png_read_info(), |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 944 | followed the set of transformations indicated by the transform mask, |
| 945 | then png_read_image(), and finally png_read_end(). |
| 946 | |
| 947 | (The final parameter of this call is not yet used. Someday it might point |
| 948 | to transformation parameters required by some future input transform.) |
| 949 | |
| 950 | You must use png_transforms and not call any png_set_transform() functions |
| 951 | when you use png_read_png(). |
| 952 | |
| 953 | After you have called png_read_png(), you can retrieve the image data |
| 954 | with |
| 955 | |
| 956 | row_pointers = png_get_rows(png_ptr, info_ptr); |
| 957 | |
| 958 | where row_pointers is an array of pointers to the pixel data for each row: |
| 959 | |
| 960 | png_bytep row_pointers[height]; |
| 961 | |
| 962 | If you know your image size and pixel size ahead of time, you can allocate |
| 963 | row_pointers prior to calling png_read_png() with |
| 964 | |
| 965 | if (height > PNG_UINT_32_MAX/png_sizeof(png_byte)) |
| 966 | png_error (png_ptr, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 967 | "Image is too tall to process in memory"); |
| 968 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 969 | if (width > PNG_UINT_32_MAX/pixel_size) |
| 970 | png_error (png_ptr, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 971 | "Image is too wide to process in memory"); |
| 972 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 973 | row_pointers = png_malloc(png_ptr, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 974 | height*png_sizeof(png_bytep)); |
| 975 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 976 | for (int i=0; i<height, i++) |
| 977 | row_pointers[i]=NULL; /* security precaution */ |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 978 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 979 | for (int i=0; i<height, i++) |
| 980 | row_pointers[i]=png_malloc(png_ptr, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 981 | width*pixel_size); |
| 982 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 983 | png_set_rows(png_ptr, info_ptr, &row_pointers); |
| 984 | |
| 985 | Alternatively you could allocate your image in one big block and define |
| 986 | row_pointers[i] to point into the proper places in your block. |
| 987 | |
| 988 | If you use png_set_rows(), the application is responsible for freeing |
| 989 | row_pointers (and row_pointers[i], if they were separately allocated). |
| 990 | |
| 991 | If you don't allocate row_pointers ahead of time, png_read_png() will |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 992 | do it, and it'll be free'ed by libpng when you call png_destroy_*(). |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 993 | |
| 994 | The low-level read interface |
| 995 | |
| 996 | If you are going the low-level route, you are now ready to read all |
| 997 | the file information up to the actual image data. You do this with a |
| 998 | call to png_read_info(). |
| 999 | |
| 1000 | png_read_info(png_ptr, info_ptr); |
| 1001 | |
| 1002 | This will process all chunks up to but not including the image data. |
| 1003 | |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1004 | This also copies some of the data from the PNG file into the decode structure |
| 1005 | for use in later transformations. Important information copied in is: |
| 1006 | |
| 1007 | 1) The PNG file gamma from the gAMA chunk. This overwrites the default value |
| 1008 | provided by an earlier call to png_set_gamma or png_set_alpha_mode. |
| 1009 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 733b131 | 2011-06-15 13:21:01 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1010 | 2) Prior to libpng-1.5.4 the background color from a bKGd chunk. This |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1011 | damages the information provided by an earlier call to png_set_background |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | ab38979 | 2011-07-09 19:35:22 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1012 | resulting in unexpected behavior. Libpng-1.5.4 no longer does this. |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1013 | |
| 1014 | 3) The number of significant bits in each component value. Libpng uses this to |
| 1015 | optimize gamma handling by reducing the internal lookup table sizes. |
| 1016 | |
| 1017 | 4) The transparent color information from a tRNS chunk. This can be modified by |
| 1018 | a later call to png_set_tRNS. |
| 1019 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1020 | Querying the info structure |
| 1021 | |
| 1022 | Functions are used to get the information from the info_ptr once it |
| 1023 | has been read. Note that these fields may not be completely filled |
| 1024 | in until png_read_end() has read the chunk data following the image. |
| 1025 | |
| 1026 | png_get_IHDR(png_ptr, info_ptr, &width, &height, |
| 1027 | &bit_depth, &color_type, &interlace_type, |
| 1028 | &compression_type, &filter_method); |
| 1029 | |
| 1030 | width - holds the width of the image |
| 1031 | in pixels (up to 2^31). |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1032 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1033 | height - holds the height of the image |
| 1034 | in pixels (up to 2^31). |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1035 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1036 | bit_depth - holds the bit depth of one of the |
| 1037 | image channels. (valid values are |
| 1038 | 1, 2, 4, 8, 16 and depend also on |
| 1039 | the color_type. See also |
| 1040 | significant bits (sBIT) below). |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1041 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1042 | color_type - describes which color/alpha channels |
| 1043 | are present. |
| 1044 | PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY |
| 1045 | (bit depths 1, 2, 4, 8, 16) |
| 1046 | PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA |
| 1047 | (bit depths 8, 16) |
| 1048 | PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE |
| 1049 | (bit depths 1, 2, 4, 8) |
| 1050 | PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB |
| 1051 | (bit_depths 8, 16) |
| 1052 | PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA |
| 1053 | (bit_depths 8, 16) |
| 1054 | |
| 1055 | PNG_COLOR_MASK_PALETTE |
| 1056 | PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR |
| 1057 | PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA |
| 1058 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 2cb633b | 2011-01-21 08:31:29 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1059 | interlace_type - (PNG_INTERLACE_NONE or |
| 1060 | PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7) |
| 1061 | |
| 1062 | compression_type - (must be PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE |
| 1063 | for PNG 1.0) |
| 1064 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1065 | filter_method - (must be PNG_FILTER_TYPE_BASE |
| 1066 | for PNG 1.0, and can also be |
| 1067 | PNG_INTRAPIXEL_DIFFERENCING if |
| 1068 | the PNG datastream is embedded in |
| 1069 | a MNG-1.0 datastream) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | b35a745 | 2009-09-30 23:12:13 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1070 | |
| 1071 | Any or all of interlace_type, compression_type, or |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1072 | filter_method can be NULL if you are |
| 1073 | not interested in their values. |
| 1074 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | b35a745 | 2009-09-30 23:12:13 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1075 | Note that png_get_IHDR() returns 32-bit data into |
| 1076 | the application's width and height variables. |
| 1077 | This is an unsafe situation if these are 16-bit |
| 1078 | variables. In such situations, the |
| 1079 | png_get_image_width() and png_get_image_height() |
| 1080 | functions described below are safer. |
| 1081 | |
| 1082 | width = png_get_image_width(png_ptr, |
| 1083 | info_ptr); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1084 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | b35a745 | 2009-09-30 23:12:13 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1085 | height = png_get_image_height(png_ptr, |
| 1086 | info_ptr); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1087 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | b35a745 | 2009-09-30 23:12:13 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1088 | bit_depth = png_get_bit_depth(png_ptr, |
| 1089 | info_ptr); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1090 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | b35a745 | 2009-09-30 23:12:13 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1091 | color_type = png_get_color_type(png_ptr, |
| 1092 | info_ptr); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1093 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 2cb633b | 2011-01-21 08:31:29 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1094 | interlace_type = png_get_interlace_type(png_ptr, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | b35a745 | 2009-09-30 23:12:13 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1095 | info_ptr); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1096 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | b35a745 | 2009-09-30 23:12:13 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1097 | compression_type = png_get_compression_type(png_ptr, |
| 1098 | info_ptr); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1099 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 2cb633b | 2011-01-21 08:31:29 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1100 | filter_method = png_get_filter_type(png_ptr, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | b35a745 | 2009-09-30 23:12:13 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1101 | info_ptr); |
| 1102 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1103 | channels = png_get_channels(png_ptr, info_ptr); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1104 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1105 | channels - number of channels of info for the |
| 1106 | color type (valid values are 1 (GRAY, |
| 1107 | PALETTE), 2 (GRAY_ALPHA), 3 (RGB), |
| 1108 | 4 (RGB_ALPHA or RGB + filler byte)) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1109 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1110 | rowbytes = png_get_rowbytes(png_ptr, info_ptr); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1111 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1112 | rowbytes - number of bytes needed to hold a row |
| 1113 | |
| 1114 | signature = png_get_signature(png_ptr, info_ptr); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1115 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1116 | signature - holds the signature read from the |
| 1117 | file (if any). The data is kept in |
| 1118 | the same offset it would be if the |
| 1119 | whole signature were read (i.e. if an |
| 1120 | application had already read in 4 |
| 1121 | bytes of signature before starting |
| 1122 | libpng, the remaining 4 bytes would |
| 1123 | be in signature[4] through signature[7] |
| 1124 | (see png_set_sig_bytes())). |
| 1125 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1126 | These are also important, but their validity depends on whether the chunk |
| 1127 | has been read. The png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr, PNG_INFO_<chunk>) and |
| 1128 | png_get_<chunk>(png_ptr, info_ptr, ...) functions return non-zero if the |
| 1129 | data has been read, or zero if it is missing. The parameters to the |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | f210a05 | 2009-11-12 10:02:24 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1130 | png_get_<chunk> are set directly if they are simple data types, or a |
| 1131 | pointer into the info_ptr is returned for any complex types. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1132 | |
| 1133 | png_get_PLTE(png_ptr, info_ptr, &palette, |
| 1134 | &num_palette); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1135 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1136 | palette - the palette for the file |
| 1137 | (array of png_color) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1138 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1139 | num_palette - number of entries in the palette |
| 1140 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 8d0bc0f | 2011-01-25 22:15:58 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1141 | png_get_gAMA(png_ptr, info_ptr, &file_gamma); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 2774238 | 2011-01-27 09:37:34 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1142 | png_get_gAMA_fixed(png_ptr, info_ptr, &int_file_gamma); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1143 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 8d0bc0f | 2011-01-25 22:15:58 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1144 | file_gamma - the gamma at which the file is |
| 1145 | written (PNG_INFO_gAMA) |
| 1146 | |
| 1147 | int_file_gamma - 100,000 times the gamma at which the |
| 1148 | file is written |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1149 | |
John Bowler | bbd17bd | 2011-08-25 17:48:18 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1150 | png_get_cHRM(png_ptr, info_ptr, &white_x, &white_y, &red_x, &red_y, |
| 1151 | &green_x, &green_y, &blue_x, &blue_y) |
| 1152 | png_get_cHRM_XYZ(png_ptr, info_ptr, &red_X, &red_Y, &red_Z, &green_X, |
| 1153 | &green_Y, &green_Z, &blue_X, &blue_Y, &blue_Z) |
| 1154 | png_get_cHRM_fixed(png_ptr, info_ptr, &int_white_x, &int_white_y, |
| 1155 | &int_red_x, &int_red_y, &int_green_x, &int_green_y, |
| 1156 | &int_blue_x, &int_blue_y) |
| 1157 | png_get_cHRM_XYZ_fixed(png_ptr, info_ptr, &int_red_X, &int_red_Y, |
| 1158 | &int_red_Z, &int_green_X, &int_green_Y, &int_green_Z, |
| 1159 | &int_blue_X, &int_blue_Y, &int_blue_Z) |
| 1160 | |
| 1161 | {white,red,green,blue}_{x,y} |
| 1162 | A color space encoding specified using the chromaticities |
| 1163 | of the end points and the white point. (PNG_INFO_cHRM) |
| 1164 | |
| 1165 | {red,green,blue}_{X,Y,Z} |
| 1166 | A color space encoding specified using the encoding end |
| 1167 | points - the CIE tristimulus specification of the intended |
| 1168 | color of the red, green and blue channels in the PNG RGB |
| 1169 | data. The white point is simply the sum of the three end |
| 1170 | points. (PNG_INFO_cHRM) |
| 1171 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1172 | png_get_sRGB(png_ptr, info_ptr, &srgb_intent); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1173 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 2774238 | 2011-01-27 09:37:34 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1174 | file_srgb_intent - the rendering intent (PNG_INFO_sRGB) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1175 | The presence of the sRGB chunk |
| 1176 | means that the pixel data is in the |
| 1177 | sRGB color space. This chunk also |
| 1178 | implies specific values of gAMA and |
| 1179 | cHRM. |
| 1180 | |
| 1181 | png_get_iCCP(png_ptr, info_ptr, &name, |
| 1182 | &compression_type, &profile, &proflen); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1183 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4a5a1ec | 2011-01-15 11:43:28 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1184 | name - The profile name. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1185 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4a5a1ec | 2011-01-15 11:43:28 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1186 | compression_type - The compression type; always |
| 1187 | PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE for PNG 1.0. |
| 1188 | You may give NULL to this argument to |
| 1189 | ignore it. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1190 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4a5a1ec | 2011-01-15 11:43:28 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1191 | profile - International Color Consortium color |
| 1192 | profile data. May contain NULs. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1193 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4a5a1ec | 2011-01-15 11:43:28 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1194 | proflen - length of profile data in bytes. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1195 | |
| 1196 | png_get_sBIT(png_ptr, info_ptr, &sig_bit); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1197 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1198 | sig_bit - the number of significant bits for |
| 1199 | (PNG_INFO_sBIT) each of the gray, |
| 1200 | red, green, and blue channels, |
| 1201 | whichever are appropriate for the |
| 1202 | given color type (png_color_16) |
| 1203 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 866b62a | 2009-08-08 16:33:14 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1204 | png_get_tRNS(png_ptr, info_ptr, &trans_alpha, |
| 1205 | &num_trans, &trans_color); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1206 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 866b62a | 2009-08-08 16:33:14 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1207 | trans_alpha - array of alpha (transparency) |
| 1208 | entries for palette (PNG_INFO_tRNS) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1209 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | f3c51e4 | 2011-01-15 10:25:25 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1210 | num_trans - number of transparent entries |
| 1211 | (PNG_INFO_tRNS) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1212 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1213 | trans_color - graylevel or color sample values of |
| 1214 | the single transparent color for |
| 1215 | non-paletted images (PNG_INFO_tRNS) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1216 | |
| 1217 | png_get_hIST(png_ptr, info_ptr, &hist); |
| 1218 | (PNG_INFO_hIST) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1219 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1220 | hist - histogram of palette (array of |
| 1221 | png_uint_16) |
| 1222 | |
| 1223 | png_get_tIME(png_ptr, info_ptr, &mod_time); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1224 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1225 | mod_time - time image was last modified |
| 1226 | (PNG_VALID_tIME) |
| 1227 | |
| 1228 | png_get_bKGD(png_ptr, info_ptr, &background); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1229 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | ab38979 | 2011-07-09 19:35:22 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1230 | background - background color (of type |
| 1231 | png_color_16p) (PNG_VALID_bKGD) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1232 | valid 16-bit red, green and blue |
| 1233 | values, regardless of color_type |
| 1234 | |
| 1235 | num_comments = png_get_text(png_ptr, info_ptr, |
| 1236 | &text_ptr, &num_text); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1237 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1238 | num_comments - number of comments |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1239 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1240 | text_ptr - array of png_text holding image |
| 1241 | comments |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1242 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1243 | text_ptr[i].compression - type of compression used |
| 1244 | on "text" PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE |
| 1245 | PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt |
| 1246 | PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_NONE |
| 1247 | PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1248 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1249 | text_ptr[i].key - keyword for comment. Must contain |
| 1250 | 1-79 characters. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1251 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1252 | text_ptr[i].text - text comments for current |
| 1253 | keyword. Can be empty. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1254 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1255 | text_ptr[i].text_length - length of text string, |
| 1256 | after decompression, 0 for iTXt |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1257 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1258 | text_ptr[i].itxt_length - length of itxt string, |
| 1259 | after decompression, 0 for tEXt/zTXt |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1260 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1261 | text_ptr[i].lang - language of comment (empty |
| 1262 | string for unknown). |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1263 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1264 | text_ptr[i].lang_key - keyword in UTF-8 |
| 1265 | (empty string for unknown). |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1266 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | ef29a5e | 2009-10-31 19:37:05 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1267 | Note that the itxt_length, lang, and lang_key |
| 1268 | members of the text_ptr structure only exist |
| 1269 | when the library is built with iTXt chunk support. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7a28724 | 2011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1270 | Prior to libpng-1.4.0, the default build was |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | d4e1ddb | 2011-07-27 20:09:57 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1271 | without iTXt chunk support. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | ef29a5e | 2009-10-31 19:37:05 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1272 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1273 | num_text - number of comments (same as |
| 1274 | num_comments; you can put NULL here |
| 1275 | to avoid the duplication) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1276 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1277 | Note while png_set_text() will accept text, language, |
| 1278 | and translated keywords that can be NULL pointers, the |
| 1279 | structure returned by png_get_text will always contain |
| 1280 | regular zero-terminated C strings. They might be |
| 1281 | empty strings but they will never be NULL pointers. |
| 1282 | |
| 1283 | num_spalettes = png_get_sPLT(png_ptr, info_ptr, |
| 1284 | &palette_ptr); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1285 | |
| 1286 | num_spalettes - number of sPLT chunks read. |
| 1287 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1288 | palette_ptr - array of palette structures holding |
| 1289 | contents of one or more sPLT chunks |
| 1290 | read. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1291 | |
| 1292 | png_get_oFFs(png_ptr, info_ptr, &offset_x, &offset_y, |
| 1293 | &unit_type); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1294 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1295 | offset_x - positive offset from the left edge |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7a28724 | 2011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1296 | of the screen (can be negative) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1297 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1298 | offset_y - positive offset from the top edge |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7a28724 | 2011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1299 | of the screen (can be negative) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1300 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1301 | unit_type - PNG_OFFSET_PIXEL, PNG_OFFSET_MICROMETER |
| 1302 | |
| 1303 | png_get_pHYs(png_ptr, info_ptr, &res_x, &res_y, |
| 1304 | &unit_type); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1305 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1306 | res_x - pixels/unit physical resolution in |
| 1307 | x direction |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1308 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1309 | res_y - pixels/unit physical resolution in |
| 1310 | x direction |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1311 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1312 | unit_type - PNG_RESOLUTION_UNKNOWN, |
| 1313 | PNG_RESOLUTION_METER |
| 1314 | |
| 1315 | png_get_sCAL(png_ptr, info_ptr, &unit, &width, |
| 1316 | &height) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1317 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1318 | unit - physical scale units (an integer) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1319 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1320 | width - width of a pixel in physical scale units |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1321 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1322 | height - height of a pixel in physical scale units |
| 1323 | (width and height are doubles) |
| 1324 | |
| 1325 | png_get_sCAL_s(png_ptr, info_ptr, &unit, &width, |
| 1326 | &height) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1327 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1328 | unit - physical scale units (an integer) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1329 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1330 | width - width of a pixel in physical scale units |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7a28724 | 2011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1331 | (expressed as a string) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1332 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1333 | height - height of a pixel in physical scale units |
| 1334 | (width and height are strings like "2.54") |
| 1335 | |
| 1336 | num_unknown_chunks = png_get_unknown_chunks(png_ptr, |
| 1337 | info_ptr, &unknowns) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1338 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1339 | unknowns - array of png_unknown_chunk |
| 1340 | structures holding unknown chunks |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1341 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1342 | unknowns[i].name - name of unknown chunk |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1343 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1344 | unknowns[i].data - data of unknown chunk |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1345 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1346 | unknowns[i].size - size of unknown chunk's data |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1347 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1348 | unknowns[i].location - position of chunk in file |
| 1349 | |
| 1350 | The value of "i" corresponds to the order in which the |
| 1351 | chunks were read from the PNG file or inserted with the |
| 1352 | png_set_unknown_chunks() function. |
| 1353 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7a28724 | 2011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1354 | The value of "location" is a bitwise "or" of |
| 1355 | |
| 1356 | PNG_HAVE_IHDR (0x01) |
| 1357 | PNG_HAVE_PLTE (0x02) |
| 1358 | PNG_AFTER_IDAT (0x08) |
| 1359 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1360 | The data from the pHYs chunk can be retrieved in several convenient |
| 1361 | forms: |
| 1362 | |
| 1363 | res_x = png_get_x_pixels_per_meter(png_ptr, |
| 1364 | info_ptr) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1365 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1366 | res_y = png_get_y_pixels_per_meter(png_ptr, |
| 1367 | info_ptr) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1368 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1369 | res_x_and_y = png_get_pixels_per_meter(png_ptr, |
| 1370 | info_ptr) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1371 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1372 | res_x = png_get_x_pixels_per_inch(png_ptr, |
| 1373 | info_ptr) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1374 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1375 | res_y = png_get_y_pixels_per_inch(png_ptr, |
| 1376 | info_ptr) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1377 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1378 | res_x_and_y = png_get_pixels_per_inch(png_ptr, |
| 1379 | info_ptr) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1380 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1381 | aspect_ratio = png_get_pixel_aspect_ratio(png_ptr, |
| 1382 | info_ptr) |
| 1383 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1384 | Each of these returns 0 [signifying "unknown"] if |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1385 | the data is not present or if res_x is 0; |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1386 | res_x_and_y is 0 if res_x != res_y |
| 1387 | |
| 1388 | Note that because of the way the resolutions are |
| 1389 | stored internally, the inch conversions won't |
| 1390 | come out to exactly even number. For example, |
| 1391 | 72 dpi is stored as 0.28346 pixels/meter, and |
| 1392 | when this is retrieved it is 71.9988 dpi, so |
| 1393 | be sure to round the returned value appropriately |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | c36bb79 | 2011-02-12 09:49:07 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1394 | if you want to display a reasonable-looking result. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1395 | |
| 1396 | The data from the oFFs chunk can be retrieved in several convenient |
| 1397 | forms: |
| 1398 | |
| 1399 | x_offset = png_get_x_offset_microns(png_ptr, info_ptr); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1400 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1401 | y_offset = png_get_y_offset_microns(png_ptr, info_ptr); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1402 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1403 | x_offset = png_get_x_offset_inches(png_ptr, info_ptr); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1404 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1405 | y_offset = png_get_y_offset_inches(png_ptr, info_ptr); |
| 1406 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1407 | Each of these returns 0 [signifying "unknown" if both |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1408 | x and y are 0] if the data is not present or if the |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1409 | chunk is present but the unit is the pixel. The |
| 1410 | remark about inexact inch conversions applies here |
| 1411 | as well, because a value in inches can't always be |
| 1412 | converted to microns and back without some loss |
| 1413 | of precision. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1414 | |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1415 | For more information, see the |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1416 | PNG specification for chunk contents. Be careful with trusting |
| 1417 | rowbytes, as some of the transformations could increase the space |
| 1418 | needed to hold a row (expand, filler, gray_to_rgb, etc.). |
| 1419 | See png_read_update_info(), below. |
| 1420 | |
| 1421 | A quick word about text_ptr and num_text. PNG stores comments in |
| 1422 | keyword/text pairs, one pair per chunk, with no limit on the number |
| 1423 | of text chunks, and a 2^31 byte limit on their size. While there are |
| 1424 | suggested keywords, there is no requirement to restrict the use to these |
| 1425 | strings. It is strongly suggested that keywords and text be sensible |
| 1426 | to humans (that's the point), so don't use abbreviations. Non-printing |
| 1427 | symbols are not allowed. See the PNG specification for more details. |
| 1428 | There is also no requirement to have text after the keyword. |
| 1429 | |
| 1430 | Keywords should be limited to 79 Latin-1 characters without leading or |
| 1431 | trailing spaces, but non-consecutive spaces are allowed within the |
| 1432 | keyword. It is possible to have the same keyword any number of times. |
| 1433 | The text_ptr is an array of png_text structures, each holding a |
| 1434 | pointer to a language string, a pointer to a keyword and a pointer to |
| 1435 | a text string. The text string, language code, and translated |
| 1436 | keyword may be empty or NULL pointers. The keyword/text |
| 1437 | pairs are put into the array in the order that they are received. |
| 1438 | However, some or all of the text chunks may be after the image, so, to |
| 1439 | make sure you have read all the text chunks, don't mess with these |
| 1440 | until after you read the stuff after the image. This will be |
| 1441 | mentioned again below in the discussion that goes with png_read_end(). |
| 1442 | |
| 1443 | Input transformations |
| 1444 | |
| 1445 | After you've read the header information, you can set up the library |
| 1446 | to handle any special transformations of the image data. The various |
| 1447 | ways to transform the data will be described in the order that they |
| 1448 | should occur. This is important, as some of these change the color |
| 1449 | type and/or bit depth of the data, and some others only work on |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1450 | certain color types and bit depths. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1451 | |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1452 | Transformations you request are ignored if they don't have any meaning for a |
| 1453 | particular input data format. However some transformations can have an effect |
| 1454 | as a result of a previous transformation. If you specify a contradictory set of |
| 1455 | transformations, for example both adding and removing the alpha channel, you |
| 1456 | cannot predict the final result. |
| 1457 | |
| 1458 | The color used for the transparency values should be supplied in the same |
| 1459 | format/depth as the current image data. It is stored in the same format/depth |
| 1460 | as the image data in a tRNS chunk, so this is what libpng expects for this data. |
| 1461 | |
| 1462 | The color used for the background value depends on the need_expand argument as |
| 1463 | described below. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1464 | |
| 1465 | Data will be decoded into the supplied row buffers packed into bytes |
| 1466 | unless the library has been told to transform it into another format. |
| 1467 | For example, 4 bit/pixel paletted or grayscale data will be returned |
| 1468 | 2 pixels/byte with the leftmost pixel in the high-order bits of the |
| 1469 | byte, unless png_set_packing() is called. 8-bit RGB data will be stored |
| 1470 | in RGB RGB RGB format unless png_set_filler() or png_set_add_alpha() |
| 1471 | is called to insert filler bytes, either before or after each RGB triplet. |
| 1472 | 16-bit RGB data will be returned RRGGBB RRGGBB, with the most significant |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | fb29e51 | 2011-06-17 20:38:24 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1473 | byte of the color value first, unless png_set_scale_16() is called to |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1474 | transform it to regular RGB RGB triplets, or png_set_filler() or |
| 1475 | png_set_add alpha() is called to insert filler bytes, either before or |
| 1476 | after each RRGGBB triplet. Similarly, 8-bit or 16-bit grayscale data can |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | fb29e51 | 2011-06-17 20:38:24 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1477 | be modified with png_set_filler(), png_set_add_alpha(), png_set_strip_16(), |
| 1478 | or png_set_scale_16(). |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1479 | |
| 1480 | The following code transforms grayscale images of less than 8 to 8 bits, |
| 1481 | changes paletted images to RGB, and adds a full alpha channel if there is |
| 1482 | transparency information in a tRNS chunk. This is most useful on |
| 1483 | grayscale images with bit depths of 2 or 4 or if there is a multiple-image |
| 1484 | viewing application that wishes to treat all images in the same way. |
| 1485 | |
| 1486 | if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE) |
| 1487 | png_set_palette_to_rgb(png_ptr); |
| 1488 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1489 | if (png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr, |
| 1490 | PNG_INFO_tRNS)) png_set_tRNS_to_alpha(png_ptr); |
| 1491 | |
John Bowler | 63d059a | 2011-02-12 09:03:44 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1492 | if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY && |
| 1493 | bit_depth < 8) png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8(png_ptr); |
| 1494 | |
| 1495 | The first two functions are actually aliases for png_set_expand(), added |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1496 | in libpng version 1.0.4, with the function names expanded to improve code |
| 1497 | readability. In some future version they may actually do different |
| 1498 | things. |
| 1499 | |
| 1500 | As of libpng version 1.2.9, png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8() was |
| 1501 | added. It expands the sample depth without changing tRNS to alpha. |
| 1502 | |
John Bowler | 63d059a | 2011-02-12 09:03:44 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1503 | As of libpng version 1.5.2, png_set_expand_16() was added. It behaves as |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7a28724 | 2011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1504 | png_set_expand(); however, the resultant channels have 16 bits rather than 8. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | c36bb79 | 2011-02-12 09:49:07 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1505 | Use this when the output color or gray channels are made linear to avoid fairly |
John Bowler | 63d059a | 2011-02-12 09:03:44 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1506 | severe accuracy loss. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1507 | |
John Bowler | 63d059a | 2011-02-12 09:03:44 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1508 | if (bit_depth < 16) |
| 1509 | png_set_expand_16(png_ptr); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1510 | |
| 1511 | PNG can have files with 16 bits per channel. If you only can handle |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 593fc04 | 2011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1512 | 8 bits per channel, this will strip the pixels down to 8-bit. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1513 | |
| 1514 | if (bit_depth == 16) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7a28724 | 2011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1515 | #if PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10504 |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | fb29e51 | 2011-06-17 20:38:24 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1516 | png_set_scale_16(png_ptr); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7a28724 | 2011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1517 | #else |
| 1518 | png_set_strip_16(png_ptr); |
| 1519 | #endif |
| 1520 | |
| 1521 | (The more accurate "png_set_scale_16()" API became available in libpng version |
| 1522 | 1.5.4). |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1523 | |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1524 | If you need to process the alpha channel on the image separately from the image |
| 1525 | data (for example if you convert it to a bitmap mask) it is possible to have |
| 1526 | libpng strip the channel leaving just RGB or gray data: |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1527 | |
| 1528 | if (color_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1529 | png_set_strip_alpha(png_ptr); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1530 | |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1531 | If you strip the alpha channel you need to find some other way of dealing with |
| 1532 | the information. If, instead, you want to convert the image to an opaque |
| 1533 | version with no alpha channel use png_set_background; see below. |
John Bowler | 63d059a | 2011-02-12 09:03:44 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1534 | |
| 1535 | As of libpng version 1.5.2, almost all useful expansions are supported, the |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | cd116fa | 2011-05-17 06:56:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1536 | major ommissions are conversion of grayscale to indexed images (which can be |
| 1537 | done trivially in the application) and conversion of indexed to grayscale (which |
John Bowler | 63d059a | 2011-02-12 09:03:44 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1538 | can be done by a trivial manipulation of the palette.) |
| 1539 | |
| 1540 | In the following table, the 01 means grayscale with depth<8, 31 means |
| 1541 | indexed with depth<8, other numerals represent the color type, "T" means |
| 1542 | the tRNS chunk is present, A means an alpha channel is present, and O |
| 1543 | means tRNS or alpha is present but all pixels in the image are opaque. |
| 1544 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | c36bb79 | 2011-02-12 09:49:07 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1545 | FROM 01 31 0 0T 0O 2 2T 2O 3 3T 3O 4A 4O 6A 6O |
John Bowler | 63d059a | 2011-02-12 09:03:44 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1546 | TO |
| 1547 | 01 - [G] - - - - - - - - - - - - - |
| 1548 | 31 [Q] Q [Q] [Q] [Q] Q Q Q Q Q Q [Q] [Q] Q Q |
| 1549 | 0 1 G + . . G G G G G G B B GB GB |
| 1550 | 0T lt Gt t + . Gt G G Gt G G Bt Bt GBt GBt |
| 1551 | 0O lt Gt t . + Gt Gt G Gt Gt G Bt Bt GBt GBt |
| 1552 | 2 C P C C C + . . C - - CB CB B B |
| 1553 | 2T Ct - Ct C C t + t - - - CBt CBt Bt Bt |
| 1554 | 2O Ct - Ct C C t t + - - - CBt CBt Bt Bt |
| 1555 | 3 [Q] p [Q] [Q] [Q] Q Q Q + . . [Q] [Q] Q Q |
| 1556 | 3T [Qt] p [Qt][Q] [Q] Qt Qt Qt t + t [Qt][Qt] Qt Qt |
| 1557 | 3O [Qt] p [Qt][Q] [Q] Qt Qt Qt t t + [Qt][Qt] Qt Qt |
| 1558 | 4A lA G A T T GA GT GT GA GT GT + BA G GBA |
| 1559 | 4O lA GBA A T T GA GT GT GA GT GT BA + GBA G |
| 1560 | 6A CA PA CA C C A T tT PA P P C CBA + BA |
| 1561 | 6O CA PBA CA C C A tT T PA P P CBA C BA + |
| 1562 | |
| 1563 | Within the matrix, |
| 1564 | "+" identifies entries where 'from' and 'to' are the same. |
| 1565 | "-" means the transformation is not supported. |
| 1566 | "." means nothing is necessary (a tRNS chunk can just be ignored). |
| 1567 | "t" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_tRNS. |
| 1568 | "A" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_add_alpha(). |
| 1569 | "X" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_expand(). |
| 1570 | "1" means the transformation is obtained by |
| 1571 | png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8() (and by png_set_expand() if there |
| 1572 | is no transparency in the original or the final format). |
| 1573 | "C" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_gray_to_rgb(). |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | c36074e | 2011-05-16 09:08:51 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1574 | "G" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_rgb_to_gray(). |
John Bowler | 63d059a | 2011-02-12 09:03:44 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1575 | "P" means the transformation is obtained by |
| 1576 | png_set_expand_palette_to_rgb(). |
| 1577 | "p" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_packing(). |
| 1578 | "Q" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_quantize(). |
| 1579 | "T" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_tRNS_to_alpha(). |
| 1580 | "B" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_background(), or |
| 1581 | png_strip_alpha(). |
John Bowler | 63d059a | 2011-02-12 09:03:44 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1582 | |
| 1583 | When an entry has multiple transforms listed all are required to cause the |
| 1584 | right overall transformation. When two transforms are separated by a comma |
| 1585 | either will do the job. When transforms are enclosed in [] the transform should |
| 1586 | do the job but this is currently unimplemented - a different format will result |
| 1587 | if the suggested transformations are used. |
| 1588 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1589 | In PNG files, the alpha channel in an image |
| 1590 | is the level of opacity. If you need the alpha channel in an image to |
| 1591 | be the level of transparency instead of opacity, you can invert the |
| 1592 | alpha channel (or the tRNS chunk data) after it's read, so that 0 is |
| 1593 | fully opaque and 255 (in 8-bit or paletted images) or 65535 (in 16-bit |
| 1594 | images) is fully transparent, with |
| 1595 | |
| 1596 | png_set_invert_alpha(png_ptr); |
| 1597 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1598 | PNG files pack pixels of bit depths 1, 2, and 4 into bytes as small as |
| 1599 | they can, resulting in, for example, 8 pixels per byte for 1 bit |
| 1600 | files. This code expands to 1 pixel per byte without changing the |
| 1601 | values of the pixels: |
| 1602 | |
| 1603 | if (bit_depth < 8) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1604 | png_set_packing(png_ptr); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1605 | |
| 1606 | PNG files have possible bit depths of 1, 2, 4, 8, and 16. All pixels |
| 1607 | stored in a PNG image have been "scaled" or "shifted" up to the next |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | f210a05 | 2009-11-12 10:02:24 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1608 | higher possible bit depth (e.g. from 5 bits/sample in the range [0,31] |
| 1609 | to 8 bits/sample in the range [0, 255]). However, it is also possible |
| 1610 | to convert the PNG pixel data back to the original bit depth of the |
| 1611 | image. This call reduces the pixels back down to the original bit depth: |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1612 | |
| 1613 | png_color_8p sig_bit; |
| 1614 | |
| 1615 | if (png_get_sBIT(png_ptr, info_ptr, &sig_bit)) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1616 | png_set_shift(png_ptr, sig_bit); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1617 | |
| 1618 | PNG files store 3-color pixels in red, green, blue order. This code |
| 1619 | changes the storage of the pixels to blue, green, red: |
| 1620 | |
| 1621 | if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB || |
| 1622 | color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1623 | png_set_bgr(png_ptr); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1624 | |
| 1625 | PNG files store RGB pixels packed into 3 or 6 bytes. This code expands them |
| 1626 | into 4 or 8 bytes for windowing systems that need them in this format: |
| 1627 | |
| 1628 | if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1629 | png_set_filler(png_ptr, filler, PNG_FILLER_BEFORE); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1630 | |
| 1631 | where "filler" is the 8 or 16-bit number to fill with, and the location is |
| 1632 | either PNG_FILLER_BEFORE or PNG_FILLER_AFTER, depending upon whether |
| 1633 | you want the filler before the RGB or after. This transformation |
| 1634 | does not affect images that already have full alpha channels. To add an |
| 1635 | opaque alpha channel, use filler=0xff or 0xffff and PNG_FILLER_AFTER which |
| 1636 | will generate RGBA pixels. |
| 1637 | |
| 1638 | Note that png_set_filler() does not change the color type. If you want |
| 1639 | to do that, you can add a true alpha channel with |
| 1640 | |
| 1641 | if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB || |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1642 | color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY) |
| 1643 | png_set_add_alpha(png_ptr, filler, PNG_FILLER_AFTER); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1644 | |
| 1645 | where "filler" contains the alpha value to assign to each pixel. |
| 1646 | This function was added in libpng-1.2.7. |
| 1647 | |
| 1648 | If you are reading an image with an alpha channel, and you need the |
| 1649 | data as ARGB instead of the normal PNG format RGBA: |
| 1650 | |
| 1651 | if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1652 | png_set_swap_alpha(png_ptr); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1653 | |
| 1654 | For some uses, you may want a grayscale image to be represented as |
| 1655 | RGB. This code will do that conversion: |
| 1656 | |
| 1657 | if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY || |
| 1658 | color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1659 | png_set_gray_to_rgb(png_ptr); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1660 | |
| 1661 | Conversely, you can convert an RGB or RGBA image to grayscale or grayscale |
| 1662 | with alpha. |
| 1663 | |
| 1664 | if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB || |
| 1665 | color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA) |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1666 | png_set_rgb_to_gray(png_ptr, error_action, double red_weight, |
| 1667 | double green_weight); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1668 | |
| 1669 | error_action = 1: silently do the conversion |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1670 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1671 | error_action = 2: issue a warning if the original |
| 1672 | image has any pixel where |
| 1673 | red != green or red != blue |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1674 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1675 | error_action = 3: issue an error and abort the |
| 1676 | conversion if the original |
| 1677 | image has any pixel where |
| 1678 | red != green or red != blue |
| 1679 | |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1680 | red_weight: weight of red component |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1681 | |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1682 | green_weight: weight of green component |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1683 | If either weight is negative, default |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1684 | weights are used. |
| 1685 | |
| 1686 | In the corresponding fixed point API the red_weight and green_weight values are |
| 1687 | simply scaled by 100,000: |
| 1688 | |
| 1689 | png_set_rgb_to_gray(png_ptr, error_action, png_fixed_point red_weight, |
| 1690 | png_fixed_point green_weight); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1691 | |
| 1692 | If you have set error_action = 1 or 2, you can |
| 1693 | later check whether the image really was gray, after processing |
| 1694 | the image rows, with the png_get_rgb_to_gray_status(png_ptr) function. |
| 1695 | It will return a png_byte that is zero if the image was gray or |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1696 | 1 if there were any non-gray pixels. Background and sBIT data |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1697 | will be silently converted to grayscale, using the green channel |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1698 | data for sBIT, regardless of the error_action setting. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1699 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7a28724 | 2011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1700 | The default values come from the PNG file cHRM chunk if present; otherwise, the |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1701 | defaults correspond to the ITU-R recommendation 709, and also the sRGB color |
| 1702 | space, as recommended in the Charles Poynton's Colour FAQ, |
| 1703 | <http://www.poynton.com/>, in section 9: |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1704 | |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1705 | <http://www.poynton.com/notes/colour_and_gamma/ColorFAQ.html#RTFToC9> |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1706 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 6c98897 | 2011-07-29 12:31:16 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1707 | Y = 0.2126 * R + 0.7152 * G + 0.0722 * B |
| 1708 | |
| 1709 | Previous versions of this document, 1998 through 2002, recommended a slightly |
| 1710 | different formula: |
| 1711 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1712 | Y = 0.212671 * R + 0.715160 * G + 0.072169 * B |
| 1713 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 6c98897 | 2011-07-29 12:31:16 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1714 | Libpng uses an integer approximation: |
| 1715 | |
| 1716 | Y = (6968 * R + 23434 * G + 2366 * B)/32768 |
| 1717 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1718 | The calculation is done in a linear colorspace, if the image gamma |
John Bowler | f21a0d0 | 2011-01-23 23:55:19 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1719 | can be determined. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1720 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7a28724 | 2011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1721 | The png_set_background() function has been described already; it tells libpng to |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1722 | composite images with alpha or simple transparency against the supplied |
| 1723 | background color. For compatibility with versions of libpng earlier than |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 733b131 | 2011-06-15 13:21:01 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1724 | libpng-1.5.4 it is recommended that you call the function after reading the file |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1725 | header, even if you don't want to use the color in a bKGD chunk, if one exists. |
| 1726 | |
| 1727 | If the PNG file contains a bKGD chunk (PNG_INFO_bKGD valid), |
| 1728 | you may use this color, or supply another color more suitable for |
| 1729 | the current display (e.g., the background color from a web page). You |
| 1730 | need to tell libpng how the color is represented, both the format of the |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | ab38979 | 2011-07-09 19:35:22 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1731 | component values in the color (the number of bits) and the gamma encoding of the |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1732 | color. The function takes two arguments, background_gamma_mode and need_expand |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | ab38979 | 2011-07-09 19:35:22 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1733 | to convey this information, however only two combinations are likely to be |
| 1734 | useful: |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1735 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | cb47e20 | 2011-07-10 06:55:14 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1736 | png_color_16 my_background; |
| 1737 | png_color_16p image_background; |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1738 | |
| 1739 | if (png_get_bKGD(png_ptr, info_ptr, &image_background)) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1740 | png_set_background(png_ptr, image_background, |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1741 | PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_FILE, 1/*needs to be expanded*/, 1); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1742 | else |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | cb47e20 | 2011-07-10 06:55:14 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1743 | png_set_background(png_ptr, &my_background, |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1744 | PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_SCREEN, 0/*do not expand*/, 1); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1745 | |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1746 | The second call was described above - my_background is in the format of the |
| 1747 | final, display, output produced by libpng. Because you now know the format of |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 593fc04 | 2011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1748 | the PNG it is possible to avoid the need to choose either 8-bit or 16-bit |
| 1749 | output and to retain palette images (the palette colors will be modified |
| 1750 | appropriately and the tRNS chunk removed.) However, if you are doing this, |
| 1751 | take great care not to ask for transformations without checking first that |
| 1752 | they apply! |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1753 | |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1754 | In the first call the background color has the original bit depth and color type |
| 1755 | of the PNG file. So, for palette images the color is supplied as a palette |
| 1756 | index and for low bit greyscale images the color is a reduced bit value in |
| 1757 | image_background->gray. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1758 | |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1759 | If you didn't call png_set_gamma() before reading the file header, for example |
| 1760 | if you need your code to remain compatible with older versions of libpng prior |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 733b131 | 2011-06-15 13:21:01 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1761 | to libpng-1.5.4, this is the place to call it. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1762 | |
John Bowler | cb0b296 | 2011-05-12 21:48:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1763 | Do not call it if you called png_set_alpha_mode(); doing so will damage the |
| 1764 | settings put in place by png_set_alpha_mode(). (If png_set_alpha_mode() is |
| 1765 | supported then you can certainly do png_set_gamma() before reading the PNG |
| 1766 | header.) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1767 | |
John Bowler | d273ad2 | 2011-05-07 21:00:28 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1768 | This API unconditionally sets the screen and file gamma values, so it will |
| 1769 | override the value in the PNG file unless it is called before the PNG file |
| 1770 | reading starts. For this reason you must always call it with the PNG file |
| 1771 | value when you call it in this position: |
| 1772 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 8d0bc0f | 2011-01-25 22:15:58 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1773 | if (png_get_gAMA(png_ptr, info_ptr, &file_gamma)) |
| 1774 | png_set_gamma(png_ptr, screen_gamma, file_gamma); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1775 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1776 | else |
| 1777 | png_set_gamma(png_ptr, screen_gamma, 0.45455); |
| 1778 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 3cd7cff | 2010-04-16 19:27:08 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1779 | If you need to reduce an RGB file to a paletted file, or if a paletted |
| 1780 | file has more entries then will fit on your screen, png_set_quantize() |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 862cb20 | 2010-04-16 22:12:51 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1781 | will do that. Note that this is a simple match quantization that merely |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 3cd7cff | 2010-04-16 19:27:08 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1782 | finds the closest color available. This should work fairly well with |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1783 | optimized palettes, but fairly badly with linear color cubes. If you |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7a28724 | 2011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1784 | pass a palette that is larger than maximum_colors, the file will |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 3cd7cff | 2010-04-16 19:27:08 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1785 | reduce the number of colors in the palette so it will fit into |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7a28724 | 2011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1786 | maximum_colors. If there is a histogram, libpng will use it to make |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 3cd7cff | 2010-04-16 19:27:08 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1787 | more intelligent choices when reducing the palette. If there is no |
| 1788 | histogram, it may not do as good a job. |
| 1789 | |
| 1790 | if (color_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR) |
| 1791 | { |
| 1792 | if (png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1793 | PNG_INFO_PLTE)) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 3cd7cff | 2010-04-16 19:27:08 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1794 | { |
| 1795 | png_uint_16p histogram = NULL; |
| 1796 | |
| 1797 | png_get_hIST(png_ptr, info_ptr, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1798 | &histogram); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 3cd7cff | 2010-04-16 19:27:08 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1799 | png_set_quantize(png_ptr, palette, num_palette, |
| 1800 | max_screen_colors, histogram, 1); |
| 1801 | } |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1802 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 3cd7cff | 2010-04-16 19:27:08 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1803 | else |
| 1804 | { |
| 1805 | png_color std_color_cube[MAX_SCREEN_COLORS] = |
| 1806 | { ... colors ... }; |
| 1807 | |
| 1808 | png_set_quantize(png_ptr, std_color_cube, |
| 1809 | MAX_SCREEN_COLORS, MAX_SCREEN_COLORS, |
| 1810 | NULL,0); |
| 1811 | } |
| 1812 | } |
| 1813 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1814 | PNG files describe monochrome as black being zero and white being one. |
| 1815 | The following code will reverse this (make black be one and white be |
| 1816 | zero): |
| 1817 | |
| 1818 | if (bit_depth == 1 && color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY) |
| 1819 | png_set_invert_mono(png_ptr); |
| 1820 | |
| 1821 | This function can also be used to invert grayscale and gray-alpha images: |
| 1822 | |
| 1823 | if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY || |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1824 | color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1825 | png_set_invert_mono(png_ptr); |
| 1826 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 593fc04 | 2011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1827 | PNG files store 16-bit pixels in network byte order (big-endian, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1828 | ie. most significant bits first). This code changes the storage to the |
| 1829 | other way (little-endian, i.e. least significant bits first, the |
| 1830 | way PCs store them): |
| 1831 | |
| 1832 | if (bit_depth == 16) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1833 | png_set_swap(png_ptr); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1834 | |
| 1835 | If you are using packed-pixel images (1, 2, or 4 bits/pixel), and you |
| 1836 | need to change the order the pixels are packed into bytes, you can use: |
| 1837 | |
| 1838 | if (bit_depth < 8) |
| 1839 | png_set_packswap(png_ptr); |
| 1840 | |
| 1841 | Finally, you can write your own transformation function if none of |
| 1842 | the existing ones meets your needs. This is done by setting a callback |
| 1843 | with |
| 1844 | |
| 1845 | png_set_read_user_transform_fn(png_ptr, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1846 | read_transform_fn); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1847 | |
| 1848 | You must supply the function |
| 1849 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 9321567 | 2011-02-13 19:42:19 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1850 | void read_transform_fn(png_structp png_ptr, png_row_infop |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1851 | row_info, png_bytep data) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1852 | |
| 1853 | See pngtest.c for a working example. Your function will be called |
John Bowler | 0a5c9c0 | 2011-01-22 17:36:34 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1854 | after all of the other transformations have been processed. Take care with |
| 1855 | interlaced images if you do the interlace yourself - the width of the row is the |
| 1856 | width in 'row_info', not the overall image width. |
| 1857 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7a28724 | 2011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1858 | If supported, libpng provides two information routines that you can use to find |
John Bowler | 0a5c9c0 | 2011-01-22 17:36:34 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1859 | where you are in processing the image: |
| 1860 | |
| 1861 | png_get_current_pass_number(png_structp png_ptr); |
| 1862 | png_get_current_row_number(png_structp png_ptr); |
| 1863 | |
| 1864 | Don't try using these outside a transform callback - firstly they are only |
| 1865 | supported if user transforms are supported, secondly they may well return |
| 1866 | unexpected results unless the row is actually being processed at the moment they |
| 1867 | are called. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1868 | |
John Bowler | cd11345 | 2011-02-16 06:15:13 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1869 | With interlaced |
| 1870 | images the value returned is the row in the input sub-image image. Use |
| 1871 | PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW(row, pass) and PNG_COL_FROM_PASS_COL(col, pass) to |
| 1872 | find the output pixel (x,y) given an interlaced sub-image pixel (row,col,pass). |
| 1873 | |
| 1874 | The discussion of interlace handling above contains more information on how to |
| 1875 | use these values. |
| 1876 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1877 | You can also set up a pointer to a user structure for use by your |
| 1878 | callback function, and you can inform libpng that your transform |
| 1879 | function will change the number of channels or bit depth with the |
| 1880 | function |
| 1881 | |
| 1882 | png_set_user_transform_info(png_ptr, user_ptr, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1883 | user_depth, user_channels); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1884 | |
| 1885 | The user's application, not libpng, is responsible for allocating and |
| 1886 | freeing any memory required for the user structure. |
| 1887 | |
| 1888 | You can retrieve the pointer via the function |
| 1889 | png_get_user_transform_ptr(). For example: |
| 1890 | |
| 1891 | voidp read_user_transform_ptr = |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1892 | png_get_user_transform_ptr(png_ptr); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1893 | |
| 1894 | The last thing to handle is interlacing; this is covered in detail below, |
| 1895 | but you must call the function here if you want libpng to handle expansion |
| 1896 | of the interlaced image. |
| 1897 | |
| 1898 | number_of_passes = png_set_interlace_handling(png_ptr); |
| 1899 | |
| 1900 | After setting the transformations, libpng can update your png_info |
| 1901 | structure to reflect any transformations you've requested with this |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 968c231 | 2011-09-26 16:35:22 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1902 | call. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1903 | |
| 1904 | png_read_update_info(png_ptr, info_ptr); |
| 1905 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 968c231 | 2011-09-26 16:35:22 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1906 | This is most useful to update the info structure's rowbytes |
| 1907 | field so you can use it to allocate your image memory. This function |
| 1908 | will also update your palette with the correct screen_gamma and |
| 1909 | background if these have been given with the calls above. You may |
| 1910 | only call png_read_update_info() once with a particular info_ptr. |
| 1911 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1912 | After you call png_read_update_info(), you can allocate any |
| 1913 | memory you need to hold the image. The row data is simply |
| 1914 | raw byte data for all forms of images. As the actual allocation |
| 1915 | varies among applications, no example will be given. If you |
| 1916 | are allocating one large chunk, you will need to build an |
| 1917 | array of pointers to each row, as it will be needed for some |
| 1918 | of the functions below. |
| 1919 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 968c231 | 2011-09-26 16:35:22 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1920 | Remember: Before you call png_read_update_info(), the png_get_*() |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 49a56e7 | 2010-12-06 20:06:01 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1921 | functions return the values corresponding to the original PNG image. |
| 1922 | After you call png_read_update_info the values refer to the image |
| 1923 | that libpng will output. Consequently you must call all the png_set_ |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1924 | functions before you call png_read_update_info(). This is particularly |
| 1925 | important for png_set_interlace_handling() - if you are going to call |
| 1926 | png_read_update_info() you must call png_set_interlace_handling() before |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 49a56e7 | 2010-12-06 20:06:01 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1927 | it unless you want to receive interlaced output. |
| 1928 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1929 | Reading image data |
| 1930 | |
| 1931 | After you've allocated memory, you can read the image data. |
| 1932 | The simplest way to do this is in one function call. If you are |
| 1933 | allocating enough memory to hold the whole image, you can just |
| 1934 | call png_read_image() and libpng will read in all the image data |
| 1935 | and put it in the memory area supplied. You will need to pass in |
| 1936 | an array of pointers to each row. |
| 1937 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 49a56e7 | 2010-12-06 20:06:01 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1938 | This function automatically handles interlacing, so you don't |
| 1939 | need to call png_set_interlace_handling() (unless you call |
| 1940 | png_read_update_info()) or call this function multiple times, or any |
| 1941 | of that other stuff necessary with png_read_rows(). |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1942 | |
| 1943 | png_read_image(png_ptr, row_pointers); |
| 1944 | |
| 1945 | where row_pointers is: |
| 1946 | |
| 1947 | png_bytep row_pointers[height]; |
| 1948 | |
| 1949 | You can point to void or char or whatever you use for pixels. |
| 1950 | |
| 1951 | If you don't want to read in the whole image at once, you can |
| 1952 | use png_read_rows() instead. If there is no interlacing (check |
| 1953 | interlace_type == PNG_INTERLACE_NONE), this is simple: |
| 1954 | |
| 1955 | png_read_rows(png_ptr, row_pointers, NULL, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1956 | number_of_rows); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1957 | |
| 1958 | where row_pointers is the same as in the png_read_image() call. |
| 1959 | |
| 1960 | If you are doing this just one row at a time, you can do this with |
| 1961 | a single row_pointer instead of an array of row_pointers: |
| 1962 | |
| 1963 | png_bytep row_pointer = row; |
| 1964 | png_read_row(png_ptr, row_pointer, NULL); |
| 1965 | |
| 1966 | If the file is interlaced (interlace_type != 0 in the IHDR chunk), things |
| 1967 | get somewhat harder. The only current (PNG Specification version 1.2) |
John Bowler | 660c6e4 | 2010-12-19 06:22:23 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1968 | interlacing type for PNG is (interlace_type == PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7); |
| 1969 | a somewhat complicated 2D interlace scheme, known as Adam7, that |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1970 | breaks down an image into seven smaller images of varying size, based |
John Bowler | 660c6e4 | 2010-12-19 06:22:23 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1971 | on an 8x8 grid. This number is defined (from libpng 1.5) as |
| 1972 | PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7_PASSES in png.h |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1973 | |
| 1974 | libpng can fill out those images or it can give them to you "as is". |
John Bowler | 660c6e4 | 2010-12-19 06:22:23 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1975 | It is almost always better to have libpng handle the interlacing for you. |
| 1976 | If you want the images filled out, there are two ways to do that. The one |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1977 | mentioned in the PNG specification is to expand each pixel to cover |
| 1978 | those pixels that have not been read yet (the "rectangle" method). |
| 1979 | This results in a blocky image for the first pass, which gradually |
| 1980 | smooths out as more pixels are read. The other method is the "sparkle" |
| 1981 | method, where pixels are drawn only in their final locations, with the |
| 1982 | rest of the image remaining whatever colors they were initialized to |
| 1983 | before the start of the read. The first method usually looks better, |
| 1984 | but tends to be slower, as there are more pixels to put in the rows. |
| 1985 | |
John Bowler | 660c6e4 | 2010-12-19 06:22:23 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1986 | If, as is likely, you want libpng to expand the images, call this before |
| 1987 | calling png_start_read_image() or png_read_update_info(): |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1988 | |
| 1989 | if (interlace_type == PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1990 | number_of_passes |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1991 | = png_set_interlace_handling(png_ptr); |
| 1992 | |
John Bowler | 660c6e4 | 2010-12-19 06:22:23 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1993 | This will return the number of passes needed. Currently, this is seven, |
| 1994 | but may change if another interlace type is added. This function can be |
| 1995 | called even if the file is not interlaced, where it will return one pass. |
| 1996 | You then need to read the whole image 'number_of_passes' times. Each time |
| 1997 | will distribute the pixels from the current pass to the correct place in |
| 1998 | the output image, so you need to supply the same rows to png_read_rows in |
| 1999 | each pass. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 2be8b64 | 2010-07-29 19:09:18 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2000 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2001 | If you are not going to display the image after each pass, but are |
| 2002 | going to wait until the entire image is read in, use the sparkle |
| 2003 | effect. This effect is faster and the end result of either method |
| 2004 | is exactly the same. If you are planning on displaying the image |
| 2005 | after each pass, the "rectangle" effect is generally considered the |
| 2006 | better looking one. |
| 2007 | |
| 2008 | If you only want the "sparkle" effect, just call png_read_rows() as |
| 2009 | normal, with the third parameter NULL. Make sure you make pass over |
| 2010 | the image number_of_passes times, and you don't change the data in the |
| 2011 | rows between calls. You can change the locations of the data, just |
| 2012 | not the data. Each pass only writes the pixels appropriate for that |
| 2013 | pass, and assumes the data from previous passes is still valid. |
| 2014 | |
| 2015 | png_read_rows(png_ptr, row_pointers, NULL, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2016 | number_of_rows); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2017 | |
| 2018 | If you only want the first effect (the rectangles), do the same as |
| 2019 | before except pass the row buffer in the third parameter, and leave |
| 2020 | the second parameter NULL. |
| 2021 | |
| 2022 | png_read_rows(png_ptr, NULL, row_pointers, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2023 | number_of_rows); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2024 | |
John Bowler | 660c6e4 | 2010-12-19 06:22:23 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2025 | If you don't want libpng to handle the interlacing details, just call |
| 2026 | png_read_rows() PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7_PASSES times to read in all the images. |
| 2027 | Each of the images is a valid image by itself, however you will almost |
| 2028 | certainly need to distribute the pixels from each sub-image to the |
| 2029 | correct place. This is where everything gets very tricky. |
| 2030 | |
| 2031 | If you want to retrieve the separate images you must pass the correct |
| 2032 | number of rows to each successive call of png_read_rows(). The calculation |
| 2033 | gets pretty complicated for small images, where some sub-images may |
| 2034 | not even exist because either their width or height ends up zero. |
| 2035 | libpng provides two macros to help you in 1.5 and later versions: |
| 2036 | |
| 2037 | png_uint_32 width = PNG_PASS_COLS(image_width, pass_number); |
| 2038 | png_uint_32 height = PNG_PASS_ROWS(image_height, pass_number); |
| 2039 | |
| 2040 | Respectively these tell you the width and height of the sub-image |
| 2041 | corresponding to the numbered pass. 'pass' is in in the range 0 to 6 - |
| 2042 | this can be confusing because the specification refers to the same passes |
| 2043 | as 1 to 7! Be careful, you must check both the width and height before |
| 2044 | calling png_read_rows() and not call it for that pass if either is zero. |
| 2045 | |
| 2046 | You can, of course, read each sub-image row by row. If you want to |
| 2047 | produce optimal code to make a pixel-by-pixel transformation of an |
| 2048 | interlaced image this is the best approach; read each row of each pass, |
| 2049 | transform it, and write it out to a new interlaced image. |
| 2050 | |
| 2051 | If you want to de-interlace the image yourself libpng provides further |
| 2052 | macros to help that tell you where to place the pixels in the output image. |
| 2053 | Because the interlacing scheme is rectangular - sub-image pixels are always |
| 2054 | arranged on a rectangular grid - all you need to know for each pass is the |
| 2055 | starting column and row in the output image of the first pixel plus the |
| 2056 | spacing between each pixel. As of libpng 1.5 there are four macros to |
| 2057 | retrieve this information: |
| 2058 | |
| 2059 | png_uint_32 x = PNG_PASS_START_COL(pass); |
| 2060 | png_uint_32 y = PNG_PASS_START_ROW(pass); |
| 2061 | png_uint_32 xStep = 1U << PNG_PASS_COL_SHIFT(pass); |
| 2062 | png_uint_32 yStep = 1U << PNG_PASS_ROW_SHIFT(pass); |
| 2063 | |
| 2064 | These allow you to write the obvious loop: |
| 2065 | |
| 2066 | png_uint_32 input_y = 0; |
| 2067 | png_uint_32 output_y = PNG_PASS_START_ROW(pass); |
| 2068 | |
| 2069 | while (output_y < output_image_height) |
| 2070 | { |
| 2071 | png_uint_32 input_x = 0; |
| 2072 | png_uint_32 output_x = PNG_PASS_START_COL(pass); |
| 2073 | |
| 2074 | while (output_x < output_image_width) |
| 2075 | { |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2076 | image[output_y][output_x] = |
| 2077 | subimage[pass][input_y][input_x++]; |
| 2078 | |
John Bowler | 660c6e4 | 2010-12-19 06:22:23 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2079 | output_x += xStep; |
| 2080 | } |
| 2081 | |
| 2082 | ++input_y; |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2083 | output_y += yStep; |
John Bowler | 660c6e4 | 2010-12-19 06:22:23 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2084 | } |
| 2085 | |
| 2086 | Notice that the steps between successive output rows and columns are |
| 2087 | returned as shifts. This is possible because the pixels in the subimages |
| 2088 | are always a power of 2 apart - 1, 2, 4 or 8 pixels - in the original |
| 2089 | image. In practice you may need to directly calculate the output coordinate |
| 2090 | given an input coordinate. libpng provides two further macros for this |
| 2091 | purpose: |
| 2092 | |
| 2093 | png_uint_32 output_x = PNG_COL_FROM_PASS_COL(input_x, pass); |
| 2094 | png_uint_32 output_y = PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW(input_y, pass); |
| 2095 | |
| 2096 | Finally a pair of macros are provided to tell you if a particular image |
| 2097 | row or column appears in a given pass: |
| 2098 | |
| 2099 | int col_in_pass = PNG_COL_IN_INTERLACE_PASS(output_x, pass); |
| 2100 | int row_in_pass = PNG_ROW_IN_INTERLACE_PASS(output_y, pass); |
| 2101 | |
| 2102 | Bear in mind that you will probably also need to check the width and height |
| 2103 | of the pass in addition to the above to be sure the pass even exists! |
| 2104 | |
| 2105 | With any luck you are convinced by now that you don't want to do your own |
| 2106 | interlace handling. In reality normally the only good reason for doing this |
| 2107 | is if you are processing PNG files on a pixel-by-pixel basis and don't want |
| 2108 | to load the whole file into memory when it is interlaced. |
| 2109 | |
| 2110 | libpng includes a test program, pngvalid, that illustrates reading and |
| 2111 | writing of interlaced images. If you can't get interlacing to work in your |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 95ba417 | 2011-09-08 12:21:42 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2112 | code and don't want to leave it to libpng (the recommended approach), see |
John Bowler | 660c6e4 | 2010-12-19 06:22:23 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2113 | how pngvalid.c does it. |
| 2114 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2115 | Finishing a sequential read |
| 2116 | |
| 2117 | After you are finished reading the image through the |
| 2118 | low-level interface, you can finish reading the file. If you are |
| 2119 | interested in comments or time, which may be stored either before or |
| 2120 | after the image data, you should pass the separate png_info struct if |
| 2121 | you want to keep the comments from before and after the image |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 20786be | 2011-04-20 22:20:40 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2122 | separate. |
| 2123 | |
| 2124 | png_infop end_info = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr); |
| 2125 | |
| 2126 | if (!end_info) |
| 2127 | { |
| 2128 | png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr, |
| 2129 | (png_infopp)NULL); |
| 2130 | return (ERROR); |
| 2131 | } |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2132 | |
| 2133 | png_read_end(png_ptr, end_info); |
| 2134 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 20786be | 2011-04-20 22:20:40 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2135 | If you are not interested, you should still call png_read_end() |
| 2136 | but you can pass NULL, avoiding the need to create an end_info structure. |
| 2137 | |
| 2138 | png_read_end(png_ptr, (png_infop)NULL); |
| 2139 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 99778e1 | 2011-04-20 17:43:52 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2140 | If you don't call png_read_end(), then your file pointer will be |
| 2141 | left pointing to the first chunk after the last IDAT, which is probably |
| 2142 | not what you want if you expect to read something beyond the end of |
| 2143 | the PNG datastream. |
| 2144 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2145 | When you are done, you can free all memory allocated by libpng like this: |
| 2146 | |
| 2147 | png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr, |
| 2148 | &end_info); |
| 2149 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 20786be | 2011-04-20 22:20:40 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2150 | or, if you didn't create an end_info structure, |
| 2151 | |
| 2152 | png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr, |
| 2153 | (png_infopp)NULL); |
| 2154 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2155 | It is also possible to individually free the info_ptr members that |
| 2156 | point to libpng-allocated storage with the following function: |
| 2157 | |
| 2158 | png_free_data(png_ptr, info_ptr, mask, seq) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2159 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2160 | mask - identifies data to be freed, a mask |
| 2161 | containing the bitwise OR of one or |
| 2162 | more of |
| 2163 | PNG_FREE_PLTE, PNG_FREE_TRNS, |
| 2164 | PNG_FREE_HIST, PNG_FREE_ICCP, |
| 2165 | PNG_FREE_PCAL, PNG_FREE_ROWS, |
| 2166 | PNG_FREE_SCAL, PNG_FREE_SPLT, |
| 2167 | PNG_FREE_TEXT, PNG_FREE_UNKN, |
| 2168 | or simply PNG_FREE_ALL |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2169 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2170 | seq - sequence number of item to be freed |
| 2171 | (-1 for all items) |
| 2172 | |
| 2173 | This function may be safely called when the relevant storage has |
| 2174 | already been freed, or has not yet been allocated, or was allocated |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | f210a05 | 2009-11-12 10:02:24 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2175 | by the user and not by libpng, and will in those cases do nothing. |
| 2176 | The "seq" parameter is ignored if only one item of the selected data |
| 2177 | type, such as PLTE, is allowed. If "seq" is not -1, and multiple items |
| 2178 | are allowed for the data type identified in the mask, such as text or |
| 2179 | sPLT, only the n'th item in the structure is freed, where n is "seq". |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2180 | |
| 2181 | The default behavior is only to free data that was allocated internally |
| 2182 | by libpng. This can be changed, so that libpng will not free the data, |
| 2183 | or so that it will free data that was allocated by the user with png_malloc() |
| 2184 | or png_zalloc() and passed in via a png_set_*() function, with |
| 2185 | |
| 2186 | png_data_freer(png_ptr, info_ptr, freer, mask) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2187 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2188 | freer - one of |
| 2189 | PNG_DESTROY_WILL_FREE_DATA |
| 2190 | PNG_SET_WILL_FREE_DATA |
| 2191 | PNG_USER_WILL_FREE_DATA |
| 2192 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2193 | mask - which data elements are affected |
| 2194 | same choices as in png_free_data() |
| 2195 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2196 | This function only affects data that has already been allocated. |
| 2197 | You can call this function after reading the PNG data but before calling |
| 2198 | any png_set_*() functions, to control whether the user or the png_set_*() |
| 2199 | function is responsible for freeing any existing data that might be present, |
| 2200 | and again after the png_set_*() functions to control whether the user |
| 2201 | or png_destroy_*() is supposed to free the data. When the user assumes |
| 2202 | responsibility for libpng-allocated data, the application must use |
| 2203 | png_free() to free it, and when the user transfers responsibility to libpng |
| 2204 | for data that the user has allocated, the user must have used png_malloc() |
| 2205 | or png_zalloc() to allocate it. |
| 2206 | |
| 2207 | If you allocated your row_pointers in a single block, as suggested above in |
| 2208 | the description of the high level read interface, you must not transfer |
| 2209 | responsibility for freeing it to the png_set_rows or png_read_destroy function, |
| 2210 | because they would also try to free the individual row_pointers[i]. |
| 2211 | |
| 2212 | If you allocated text_ptr.text, text_ptr.lang, and text_ptr.translated_keyword |
| 2213 | separately, do not transfer responsibility for freeing text_ptr to libpng, |
| 2214 | because when libpng fills a png_text structure it combines these members with |
| 2215 | the key member, and png_free_data() will free only text_ptr.key. Similarly, |
| 2216 | if you transfer responsibility for free'ing text_ptr from libpng to your |
| 2217 | application, your application must not separately free those members. |
| 2218 | |
| 2219 | The png_free_data() function will turn off the "valid" flag for anything |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | f210a05 | 2009-11-12 10:02:24 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2220 | it frees. If you need to turn the flag off for a chunk that was freed by |
| 2221 | your application instead of by libpng, you can use |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2222 | |
| 2223 | png_set_invalid(png_ptr, info_ptr, mask); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2224 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2225 | mask - identifies the chunks to be made invalid, |
| 2226 | containing the bitwise OR of one or |
| 2227 | more of |
| 2228 | PNG_INFO_gAMA, PNG_INFO_sBIT, |
| 2229 | PNG_INFO_cHRM, PNG_INFO_PLTE, |
| 2230 | PNG_INFO_tRNS, PNG_INFO_bKGD, |
| 2231 | PNG_INFO_hIST, PNG_INFO_pHYs, |
| 2232 | PNG_INFO_oFFs, PNG_INFO_tIME, |
| 2233 | PNG_INFO_pCAL, PNG_INFO_sRGB, |
| 2234 | PNG_INFO_iCCP, PNG_INFO_sPLT, |
| 2235 | PNG_INFO_sCAL, PNG_INFO_IDAT |
| 2236 | |
| 2237 | For a more compact example of reading a PNG image, see the file example.c. |
| 2238 | |
| 2239 | Reading PNG files progressively |
| 2240 | |
| 2241 | The progressive reader is slightly different then the non-progressive |
| 2242 | reader. Instead of calling png_read_info(), png_read_rows(), and |
| 2243 | png_read_end(), you make one call to png_process_data(), which calls |
| 2244 | callbacks when it has the info, a row, or the end of the image. You |
| 2245 | set up these callbacks with png_set_progressive_read_fn(). You don't |
| 2246 | have to worry about the input/output functions of libpng, as you are |
| 2247 | giving the library the data directly in png_process_data(). I will |
| 2248 | assume that you have read the section on reading PNG files above, |
| 2249 | so I will only highlight the differences (although I will show |
| 2250 | all of the code). |
| 2251 | |
| 2252 | png_structp png_ptr; |
| 2253 | png_infop info_ptr; |
| 2254 | |
| 2255 | /* An example code fragment of how you would |
| 2256 | initialize the progressive reader in your |
| 2257 | application. */ |
| 2258 | int |
| 2259 | initialize_png_reader() |
| 2260 | { |
| 2261 | png_ptr = png_create_read_struct |
| 2262 | (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr, |
| 2263 | user_error_fn, user_warning_fn); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2264 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2265 | if (!png_ptr) |
| 2266 | return (ERROR); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2267 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2268 | info_ptr = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2269 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2270 | if (!info_ptr) |
| 2271 | { |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2272 | png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, |
| 2273 | (png_infopp)NULL, (png_infopp)NULL); |
| 2274 | return (ERROR); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2275 | } |
| 2276 | |
| 2277 | if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png_ptr))) |
| 2278 | { |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2279 | png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr, |
| 2280 | (png_infopp)NULL); |
| 2281 | return (ERROR); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2282 | } |
| 2283 | |
| 2284 | /* This one's new. You can provide functions |
| 2285 | to be called when the header info is valid, |
| 2286 | when each row is completed, and when the image |
| 2287 | is finished. If you aren't using all functions, |
| 2288 | you can specify NULL parameters. Even when all |
| 2289 | three functions are NULL, you need to call |
| 2290 | png_set_progressive_read_fn(). You can use |
| 2291 | any struct as the user_ptr (cast to a void pointer |
| 2292 | for the function call), and retrieve the pointer |
| 2293 | from inside the callbacks using the function |
| 2294 | |
| 2295 | png_get_progressive_ptr(png_ptr); |
| 2296 | |
| 2297 | which will return a void pointer, which you have |
| 2298 | to cast appropriately. |
| 2299 | */ |
| 2300 | png_set_progressive_read_fn(png_ptr, (void *)user_ptr, |
| 2301 | info_callback, row_callback, end_callback); |
| 2302 | |
| 2303 | return 0; |
| 2304 | } |
| 2305 | |
| 2306 | /* A code fragment that you call as you receive blocks |
| 2307 | of data */ |
| 2308 | int |
| 2309 | process_data(png_bytep buffer, png_uint_32 length) |
| 2310 | { |
| 2311 | if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png_ptr))) |
| 2312 | { |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2313 | png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2314 | (png_infopp)NULL); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2315 | return (ERROR); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2316 | } |
| 2317 | |
| 2318 | /* This one's new also. Simply give it a chunk |
| 2319 | of data from the file stream (in order, of |
| 2320 | course). On machines with segmented memory |
| 2321 | models machines, don't give it any more than |
| 2322 | 64K. The library seems to run fine with sizes |
| 2323 | of 4K. Although you can give it much less if |
| 2324 | necessary (I assume you can give it chunks of |
| 2325 | 1 byte, I haven't tried less then 256 bytes |
| 2326 | yet). When this function returns, you may |
| 2327 | want to display any rows that were generated |
| 2328 | in the row callback if you don't already do |
| 2329 | so there. |
| 2330 | */ |
| 2331 | png_process_data(png_ptr, info_ptr, buffer, length); |
John Bowler | 0a5c9c0 | 2011-01-22 17:36:34 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2332 | |
| 2333 | /* At this point you can call png_process_data_skip if |
| 2334 | you want to handle data the library will skip yourself; |
| 2335 | it simply returns the number of bytes to skip (and stops |
| 2336 | libpng skipping that number of bytes on the next |
| 2337 | png_process_data call). |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2338 | return 0; |
| 2339 | } |
| 2340 | |
| 2341 | /* This function is called (as set by |
| 2342 | png_set_progressive_read_fn() above) when enough data |
| 2343 | has been supplied so all of the header has been |
| 2344 | read. |
| 2345 | */ |
| 2346 | void |
| 2347 | info_callback(png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info) |
| 2348 | { |
| 2349 | /* Do any setup here, including setting any of |
| 2350 | the transformations mentioned in the Reading |
| 2351 | PNG files section. For now, you _must_ call |
| 2352 | either png_start_read_image() or |
| 2353 | png_read_update_info() after all the |
| 2354 | transformations are set (even if you don't set |
| 2355 | any). You may start getting rows before |
| 2356 | png_process_data() returns, so this is your |
| 2357 | last chance to prepare for that. |
John Bowler | 660c6e4 | 2010-12-19 06:22:23 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2358 | |
| 2359 | This is where you turn on interlace handling, |
| 2360 | assuming you don't want to do it yourself. |
John Bowler | 0a5c9c0 | 2011-01-22 17:36:34 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2361 | |
| 2362 | If you need to you can stop the processing of |
| 2363 | your original input data at this point by calling |
| 2364 | png_process_data_pause. This returns the number |
| 2365 | of unprocessed bytes from the last png_process_data |
| 2366 | call - it is up to you to ensure that the next call |
| 2367 | sees these bytes again. If you don't want to bother |
| 2368 | with this you can get libpng to cache the unread |
| 2369 | bytes by setting the 'save' parameter (see png.h) but |
| 2370 | then libpng will have to copy the data internally. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2371 | */ |
| 2372 | } |
| 2373 | |
| 2374 | /* This function is called when each row of image |
| 2375 | data is complete */ |
| 2376 | void |
| 2377 | row_callback(png_structp png_ptr, png_bytep new_row, |
| 2378 | png_uint_32 row_num, int pass) |
| 2379 | { |
| 2380 | /* If the image is interlaced, and you turned |
| 2381 | on the interlace handler, this function will |
| 2382 | be called for every row in every pass. Some |
| 2383 | of these rows will not be changed from the |
| 2384 | previous pass. When the row is not changed, |
| 2385 | the new_row variable will be NULL. The rows |
| 2386 | and passes are called in order, so you don't |
| 2387 | really need the row_num and pass, but I'm |
| 2388 | supplying them because it may make your life |
| 2389 | easier. |
| 2390 | |
John Bowler | 660c6e4 | 2010-12-19 06:22:23 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2391 | If you did not turn on interlace handling then |
| 2392 | the callback is called for each row of each |
| 2393 | sub-image when the image is interlaced. In this |
| 2394 | case 'row_num' is the row in the sub-image, not |
| 2395 | the row in the output image as it is in all other |
| 2396 | cases. |
| 2397 | |
| 2398 | For the non-NULL rows of interlaced images when |
| 2399 | you have switched on libpng interlace handling, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2400 | you must call png_progressive_combine_row() |
| 2401 | passing in the row and the old row. You can |
| 2402 | call this function for NULL rows (it will just |
| 2403 | return) and for non-interlaced images (it just |
| 2404 | does the memcpy for you) if it will make the |
| 2405 | code easier. Thus, you can just do this for |
John Bowler | 660c6e4 | 2010-12-19 06:22:23 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2406 | all cases if you switch on interlace handling; |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2407 | */ |
| 2408 | |
| 2409 | png_progressive_combine_row(png_ptr, old_row, |
| 2410 | new_row); |
| 2411 | |
| 2412 | /* where old_row is what was displayed for |
| 2413 | previously for the row. Note that the first |
| 2414 | pass (pass == 0, really) will completely cover |
| 2415 | the old row, so the rows do not have to be |
| 2416 | initialized. After the first pass (and only |
| 2417 | for interlaced images), you will have to pass |
| 2418 | the current row, and the function will combine |
| 2419 | the old row and the new row. |
John Bowler | 0a5c9c0 | 2011-01-22 17:36:34 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2420 | |
| 2421 | You can also call png_process_data_pause in this |
| 2422 | callback - see above. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2423 | */ |
| 2424 | } |
| 2425 | |
| 2426 | void |
| 2427 | end_callback(png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info) |
| 2428 | { |
| 2429 | /* This function is called after the whole image |
| 2430 | has been read, including any chunks after the |
| 2431 | image (up to and including the IEND). You |
| 2432 | will usually have the same info chunk as you |
| 2433 | had in the header, although some data may have |
| 2434 | been added to the comments and time fields. |
| 2435 | |
| 2436 | Most people won't do much here, perhaps setting |
| 2437 | a flag that marks the image as finished. |
| 2438 | */ |
| 2439 | } |
| 2440 | |
| 2441 | |
| 2442 | |
| 2443 | IV. Writing |
| 2444 | |
| 2445 | Much of this is very similar to reading. However, everything of |
| 2446 | importance is repeated here, so you won't have to constantly look |
| 2447 | back up in the reading section to understand writing. |
| 2448 | |
| 2449 | Setup |
| 2450 | |
| 2451 | You will want to do the I/O initialization before you get into libpng, |
| 2452 | so if it doesn't work, you don't have anything to undo. If you are not |
| 2453 | using the standard I/O functions, you will need to replace them with |
| 2454 | custom writing functions. See the discussion under Customizing libpng. |
| 2455 | |
| 2456 | FILE *fp = fopen(file_name, "wb"); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2457 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2458 | if (!fp) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2459 | return (ERROR); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2460 | |
| 2461 | Next, png_struct and png_info need to be allocated and initialized. |
| 2462 | As these can be both relatively large, you may not want to store these |
| 2463 | on the stack, unless you have stack space to spare. Of course, you |
| 2464 | will want to check if they return NULL. If you are also reading, |
| 2465 | you won't want to name your read structure and your write structure |
| 2466 | both "png_ptr"; you can call them anything you like, such as |
| 2467 | "read_ptr" and "write_ptr". Look at pngtest.c, for example. |
| 2468 | |
| 2469 | png_structp png_ptr = png_create_write_struct |
| 2470 | (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr, |
| 2471 | user_error_fn, user_warning_fn); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2472 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2473 | if (!png_ptr) |
| 2474 | return (ERROR); |
| 2475 | |
| 2476 | png_infop info_ptr = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr); |
| 2477 | if (!info_ptr) |
| 2478 | { |
| 2479 | png_destroy_write_struct(&png_ptr, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2480 | (png_infopp)NULL); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2481 | return (ERROR); |
| 2482 | } |
| 2483 | |
| 2484 | If you want to use your own memory allocation routines, |
| 2485 | define PNG_USER_MEM_SUPPORTED and use |
| 2486 | png_create_write_struct_2() instead of png_create_write_struct(): |
| 2487 | |
| 2488 | png_structp png_ptr = png_create_write_struct_2 |
| 2489 | (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr, |
| 2490 | user_error_fn, user_warning_fn, (png_voidp) |
| 2491 | user_mem_ptr, user_malloc_fn, user_free_fn); |
| 2492 | |
| 2493 | After you have these structures, you will need to set up the |
| 2494 | error handling. When libpng encounters an error, it expects to |
| 2495 | longjmp() back to your routine. Therefore, you will need to call |
| 2496 | setjmp() and pass the png_jmpbuf(png_ptr). If you |
| 2497 | write the file from different routines, you will need to update |
| 2498 | the png_jmpbuf(png_ptr) every time you enter a new routine that will |
| 2499 | call a png_*() function. See your documentation of setjmp/longjmp |
| 2500 | for your compiler for more information on setjmp/longjmp. See |
| 2501 | the discussion on libpng error handling in the Customizing Libpng |
| 2502 | section below for more information on the libpng error handling. |
| 2503 | |
| 2504 | if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png_ptr))) |
| 2505 | { |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2506 | png_destroy_write_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2507 | fclose(fp); |
| 2508 | return (ERROR); |
| 2509 | } |
| 2510 | ... |
| 2511 | return; |
| 2512 | |
| 2513 | If you would rather avoid the complexity of setjmp/longjmp issues, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 54ac9a9 | 2010-04-02 17:06:22 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2514 | you can compile libpng with PNG_NO_SETJMP, in which case |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2515 | errors will result in a call to PNG_ABORT() which defaults to abort(). |
| 2516 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 54ac9a9 | 2010-04-02 17:06:22 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2517 | You can #define PNG_ABORT() to a function that does something |
| 2518 | more useful than abort(), as long as your function does not |
| 2519 | return. |
| 2520 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2521 | Now you need to set up the output code. The default for libpng is to |
| 2522 | use the C function fwrite(). If you use this, you will need to pass a |
| 2523 | valid FILE * in the function png_init_io(). Be sure that the file is |
| 2524 | opened in binary mode. Again, if you wish to handle writing data in |
| 2525 | another way, see the discussion on libpng I/O handling in the Customizing |
| 2526 | Libpng section below. |
| 2527 | |
| 2528 | png_init_io(png_ptr, fp); |
| 2529 | |
| 2530 | If you are embedding your PNG into a datastream such as MNG, and don't |
| 2531 | want libpng to write the 8-byte signature, or if you have already |
| 2532 | written the signature in your application, use |
| 2533 | |
| 2534 | png_set_sig_bytes(png_ptr, 8); |
| 2535 | |
| 2536 | to inform libpng that it should not write a signature. |
| 2537 | |
| 2538 | Write callbacks |
| 2539 | |
| 2540 | At this point, you can set up a callback function that will be |
| 2541 | called after each row has been written, which you can use to control |
| 2542 | a progress meter or the like. It's demonstrated in pngtest.c. |
| 2543 | You must supply a function |
| 2544 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 81ce889 | 2011-01-24 08:04:37 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2545 | void write_row_callback(png_structp png_ptr, png_uint_32 row, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2546 | int pass); |
| 2547 | { |
| 2548 | /* put your code here */ |
| 2549 | } |
| 2550 | |
| 2551 | (You can give it another name that you like instead of "write_row_callback") |
| 2552 | |
| 2553 | To inform libpng about your function, use |
| 2554 | |
| 2555 | png_set_write_status_fn(png_ptr, write_row_callback); |
| 2556 | |
John Bowler | 59010e5 | 2011-02-16 06:16:31 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2557 | When this function is called the row has already been completely processed and |
| 2558 | it has also been written out. The 'row' and 'pass' refer to the next row to be |
| 2559 | handled. For the |
| 2560 | non-interlaced case the row that was just handled is simply one less than the |
| 2561 | passed in row number, and pass will always be 0. For the interlaced case the |
| 2562 | same applies unless the row value is 0, in which case the row just handled was |
| 2563 | the last one from one of the preceding passes. Because interlacing may skip a |
| 2564 | pass you cannot be sure that the preceding pass is just 'pass-1', if you really |
| 2565 | need to know what the last pass is record (row,pass) from the callback and use |
| 2566 | the last recorded value each time. |
| 2567 | |
| 2568 | As with the user transform you can find the output row using the |
| 2569 | PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW macro. |
| 2570 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2571 | You now have the option of modifying how the compression library will |
| 2572 | run. The following functions are mainly for testing, but may be useful |
| 2573 | in some cases, like if you need to write PNG files extremely fast and |
| 2574 | are willing to give up some compression, or if you want to get the |
| 2575 | maximum possible compression at the expense of slower writing. If you |
| 2576 | have no special needs in this area, let the library do what it wants by |
| 2577 | not calling this function at all, as it has been tuned to deliver a good |
| 2578 | speed/compression ratio. The second parameter to png_set_filter() is |
| 2579 | the filter method, for which the only valid values are 0 (as of the |
| 2580 | July 1999 PNG specification, version 1.2) or 64 (if you are writing |
| 2581 | a PNG datastream that is to be embedded in a MNG datastream). The third |
| 2582 | parameter is a flag that indicates which filter type(s) are to be tested |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | f210a05 | 2009-11-12 10:02:24 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2583 | for each scanline. See the PNG specification for details on the specific |
| 2584 | filter types. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2585 | |
| 2586 | |
| 2587 | /* turn on or off filtering, and/or choose |
| 2588 | specific filters. You can use either a single |
| 2589 | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_NAME or the bitwise OR of one |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2590 | or more PNG_FILTER_NAME masks. |
| 2591 | */ |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2592 | png_set_filter(png_ptr, 0, |
| 2593 | PNG_FILTER_NONE | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_NONE | |
| 2594 | PNG_FILTER_SUB | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_SUB | |
| 2595 | PNG_FILTER_UP | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_UP | |
| 2596 | PNG_FILTER_AVG | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_AVG | |
| 2597 | PNG_FILTER_PAETH | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_PAETH| |
| 2598 | PNG_ALL_FILTERS); |
| 2599 | |
John Bowler | 660c6e4 | 2010-12-19 06:22:23 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2600 | If an application wants to start and stop using particular filters during |
| 2601 | compression, it should start out with all of the filters (to ensure that |
| 2602 | the previous row of pixels will be stored in case it's needed later), |
| 2603 | and then add and remove them after the start of compression. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2604 | |
| 2605 | If you are writing a PNG datastream that is to be embedded in a MNG |
| 2606 | datastream, the second parameter can be either 0 or 64. |
| 2607 | |
| 2608 | The png_set_compression_*() functions interface to the zlib compression |
| 2609 | library, and should mostly be ignored unless you really know what you are |
| 2610 | doing. The only generally useful call is png_set_compression_level() |
| 2611 | which changes how much time zlib spends on trying to compress the image |
| 2612 | data. See the Compression Library (zlib.h and algorithm.txt, distributed |
| 2613 | with zlib) for details on the compression levels. |
| 2614 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 38734ee | 2011-03-03 06:23:31 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2615 | #include zlib.h |
| 2616 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a45f47c | 2011-04-01 15:31:26 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2617 | /* Set the zlib compression level */ |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2618 | png_set_compression_level(png_ptr, |
| 2619 | Z_BEST_COMPRESSION); |
| 2620 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a45f47c | 2011-04-01 15:31:26 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2621 | /* Set other zlib parameters for compressing IDAT */ |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2622 | png_set_compression_mem_level(png_ptr, 8); |
| 2623 | png_set_compression_strategy(png_ptr, |
| 2624 | Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY); |
| 2625 | png_set_compression_window_bits(png_ptr, 15); |
| 2626 | png_set_compression_method(png_ptr, 8); |
| 2627 | png_set_compression_buffer_size(png_ptr, 8192) |
| 2628 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a45f47c | 2011-04-01 15:31:26 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2629 | /* Set zlib parameters for text compression |
| 2630 | * If you don't call these, the parameters |
| 2631 | * fall back on those defined for IDAT chunks |
| 2632 | */ |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 8eb8833 | 2011-04-01 00:16:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2633 | png_set_text_compression_mem_level(png_ptr, 8); |
| 2634 | png_set_text_compression_strategy(png_ptr, |
| 2635 | Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY); |
| 2636 | png_set_text_compression_window_bits(png_ptr, 15); |
| 2637 | png_set_text_compression_method(png_ptr, 8); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2638 | |
| 2639 | Setting the contents of info for output |
| 2640 | |
| 2641 | You now need to fill in the png_info structure with all the data you |
| 2642 | wish to write before the actual image. Note that the only thing you |
| 2643 | are allowed to write after the image is the text chunks and the time |
| 2644 | chunk (as of PNG Specification 1.2, anyway). See png_write_end() and |
| 2645 | the latest PNG specification for more information on that. If you |
| 2646 | wish to write them before the image, fill them in now, and flag that |
| 2647 | data as being valid. If you want to wait until after the data, don't |
| 2648 | fill them until png_write_end(). For all the fields in png_info and |
| 2649 | their data types, see png.h. For explanations of what the fields |
| 2650 | contain, see the PNG specification. |
| 2651 | |
| 2652 | Some of the more important parts of the png_info are: |
| 2653 | |
| 2654 | png_set_IHDR(png_ptr, info_ptr, width, height, |
| 2655 | bit_depth, color_type, interlace_type, |
| 2656 | compression_type, filter_method) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2657 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2658 | width - holds the width of the image |
| 2659 | in pixels (up to 2^31). |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2660 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2661 | height - holds the height of the image |
| 2662 | in pixels (up to 2^31). |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2663 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2664 | bit_depth - holds the bit depth of one of the |
| 2665 | image channels. |
| 2666 | (valid values are 1, 2, 4, 8, 16 |
| 2667 | and depend also on the |
| 2668 | color_type. See also significant |
| 2669 | bits (sBIT) below). |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2670 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2671 | color_type - describes which color/alpha |
| 2672 | channels are present. |
| 2673 | PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY |
| 2674 | (bit depths 1, 2, 4, 8, 16) |
| 2675 | PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA |
| 2676 | (bit depths 8, 16) |
| 2677 | PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE |
| 2678 | (bit depths 1, 2, 4, 8) |
| 2679 | PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB |
| 2680 | (bit_depths 8, 16) |
| 2681 | PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA |
| 2682 | (bit_depths 8, 16) |
| 2683 | |
| 2684 | PNG_COLOR_MASK_PALETTE |
| 2685 | PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR |
| 2686 | PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA |
| 2687 | |
| 2688 | interlace_type - PNG_INTERLACE_NONE or |
| 2689 | PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7 |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2690 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2691 | compression_type - (must be |
| 2692 | PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_DEFAULT) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2693 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2694 | filter_method - (must be PNG_FILTER_TYPE_DEFAULT |
| 2695 | or, if you are writing a PNG to |
| 2696 | be embedded in a MNG datastream, |
| 2697 | can also be |
| 2698 | PNG_INTRAPIXEL_DIFFERENCING) |
| 2699 | |
| 2700 | If you call png_set_IHDR(), the call must appear before any of the |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | d60c886 | 2009-06-15 21:56:14 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2701 | other png_set_*() functions, because they might require access to some of |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2702 | the IHDR settings. The remaining png_set_*() functions can be called |
| 2703 | in any order. |
| 2704 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 9dcde09 | 2009-06-08 08:31:59 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2705 | If you wish, you can reset the compression_type, interlace_type, or |
| 2706 | filter_method later by calling png_set_IHDR() again; if you do this, the |
| 2707 | width, height, bit_depth, and color_type must be the same in each call. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 37e7e0b | 2009-06-02 13:46:41 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2708 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2709 | png_set_PLTE(png_ptr, info_ptr, palette, |
| 2710 | num_palette); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2711 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2712 | palette - the palette for the file |
| 2713 | (array of png_color) |
| 2714 | num_palette - number of entries in the palette |
| 2715 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 8d0bc0f | 2011-01-25 22:15:58 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2716 | png_set_gAMA(png_ptr, info_ptr, file_gamma); |
| 2717 | png_set_gAMA_fixed(png_ptr, info_ptr, int_file_gamma); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2718 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 8d0bc0f | 2011-01-25 22:15:58 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2719 | file_gamma - the gamma at which the image was |
| 2720 | created (PNG_INFO_gAMA) |
| 2721 | |
| 2722 | int_file_gamma - 100,000 times the gamma at which |
| 2723 | the image was created |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2724 | |
John Bowler | bbd17bd | 2011-08-25 17:48:18 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2725 | png_set_cHRM(png_ptr, info_ptr, white_x, white_y, red_x, red_y, |
| 2726 | green_x, green_y, blue_x, blue_y) |
| 2727 | png_set_cHRM_XYZ(png_ptr, info_ptr, red_X, red_Y, red_Z, green_X, |
| 2728 | green_Y, green_Z, blue_X, blue_Y, blue_Z) |
| 2729 | png_set_cHRM_fixed(png_ptr, info_ptr, int_white_x, int_white_y, |
| 2730 | int_red_x, int_red_y, int_green_x, int_green_y, |
| 2731 | int_blue_x, int_blue_y) |
| 2732 | png_set_cHRM_XYZ_fixed(png_ptr, info_ptr, int_red_X, int_red_Y, |
| 2733 | int_red_Z, int_green_X, int_green_Y, int_green_Z, |
| 2734 | int_blue_X, int_blue_Y, int_blue_Z) |
| 2735 | |
| 2736 | {white,red,green,blue}_{x,y} |
| 2737 | A color space encoding specified using the chromaticities |
| 2738 | of the end points and the white point. |
| 2739 | |
| 2740 | {red,green,blue}_{X,Y,Z} |
| 2741 | A color space encoding specified using the encoding end |
| 2742 | points - the CIE tristimulus specification of the intended |
| 2743 | color of the red, green and blue channels in the PNG RGB |
| 2744 | data. The white point is simply the sum of the three end |
| 2745 | points. |
| 2746 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2747 | png_set_sRGB(png_ptr, info_ptr, srgb_intent); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2748 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2749 | srgb_intent - the rendering intent |
| 2750 | (PNG_INFO_sRGB) The presence of |
| 2751 | the sRGB chunk means that the pixel |
| 2752 | data is in the sRGB color space. |
| 2753 | This chunk also implies specific |
| 2754 | values of gAMA and cHRM. Rendering |
| 2755 | intent is the CSS-1 property that |
| 2756 | has been defined by the International |
| 2757 | Color Consortium |
| 2758 | (http://www.color.org). |
| 2759 | It can be one of |
| 2760 | PNG_sRGB_INTENT_SATURATION, |
| 2761 | PNG_sRGB_INTENT_PERCEPTUAL, |
| 2762 | PNG_sRGB_INTENT_ABSOLUTE, or |
| 2763 | PNG_sRGB_INTENT_RELATIVE. |
| 2764 | |
| 2765 | |
| 2766 | png_set_sRGB_gAMA_and_cHRM(png_ptr, info_ptr, |
| 2767 | srgb_intent); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2768 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2769 | srgb_intent - the rendering intent |
| 2770 | (PNG_INFO_sRGB) The presence of the |
| 2771 | sRGB chunk means that the pixel |
| 2772 | data is in the sRGB color space. |
| 2773 | This function also causes gAMA and |
| 2774 | cHRM chunks with the specific values |
| 2775 | that are consistent with sRGB to be |
| 2776 | written. |
| 2777 | |
| 2778 | png_set_iCCP(png_ptr, info_ptr, name, compression_type, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4a5a1ec | 2011-01-15 11:43:28 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2779 | profile, proflen); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2780 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4a5a1ec | 2011-01-15 11:43:28 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2781 | name - The profile name. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2782 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4a5a1ec | 2011-01-15 11:43:28 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2783 | compression_type - The compression type; always |
| 2784 | PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE for PNG 1.0. |
| 2785 | You may give NULL to this argument to |
| 2786 | ignore it. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2787 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4a5a1ec | 2011-01-15 11:43:28 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2788 | profile - International Color Consortium color |
| 2789 | profile data. May contain NULs. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2790 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4a5a1ec | 2011-01-15 11:43:28 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2791 | proflen - length of profile data in bytes. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2792 | |
| 2793 | png_set_sBIT(png_ptr, info_ptr, sig_bit); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2794 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2795 | sig_bit - the number of significant bits for |
| 2796 | (PNG_INFO_sBIT) each of the gray, red, |
| 2797 | green, and blue channels, whichever are |
| 2798 | appropriate for the given color type |
| 2799 | (png_color_16) |
| 2800 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 866b62a | 2009-08-08 16:33:14 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2801 | png_set_tRNS(png_ptr, info_ptr, trans_alpha, |
| 2802 | num_trans, trans_color); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2803 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 866b62a | 2009-08-08 16:33:14 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2804 | trans_alpha - array of alpha (transparency) |
| 2805 | entries for palette (PNG_INFO_tRNS) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2806 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7a28724 | 2011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2807 | num_trans - number of transparent entries |
| 2808 | (PNG_INFO_tRNS) |
| 2809 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 9dcde09 | 2009-06-08 08:31:59 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2810 | trans_color - graylevel or color sample values |
| 2811 | (in order red, green, blue) of the |
| 2812 | single transparent color for |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2813 | non-paletted images (PNG_INFO_tRNS) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2814 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2815 | png_set_hIST(png_ptr, info_ptr, hist); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2816 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2817 | hist - histogram of palette (array of |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 8d0bc0f | 2011-01-25 22:15:58 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2818 | png_uint_16) (PNG_INFO_hIST) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2819 | |
| 2820 | png_set_tIME(png_ptr, info_ptr, mod_time); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2821 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2822 | mod_time - time image was last modified |
| 2823 | (PNG_VALID_tIME) |
| 2824 | |
| 2825 | png_set_bKGD(png_ptr, info_ptr, background); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2826 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | ab38979 | 2011-07-09 19:35:22 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2827 | background - background color (of type |
| 2828 | png_color_16p) (PNG_VALID_bKGD) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2829 | |
| 2830 | png_set_text(png_ptr, info_ptr, text_ptr, num_text); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2831 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2832 | text_ptr - array of png_text holding image |
| 2833 | comments |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2834 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2835 | text_ptr[i].compression - type of compression used |
| 2836 | on "text" PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE |
| 2837 | PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt |
| 2838 | PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_NONE |
| 2839 | PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt |
| 2840 | text_ptr[i].key - keyword for comment. Must contain |
| 2841 | 1-79 characters. |
| 2842 | text_ptr[i].text - text comments for current |
| 2843 | keyword. Can be NULL or empty. |
| 2844 | text_ptr[i].text_length - length of text string, |
| 2845 | after decompression, 0 for iTXt |
| 2846 | text_ptr[i].itxt_length - length of itxt string, |
| 2847 | after decompression, 0 for tEXt/zTXt |
| 2848 | text_ptr[i].lang - language of comment (NULL or |
| 2849 | empty for unknown). |
| 2850 | text_ptr[i].translated_keyword - keyword in UTF-8 (NULL |
| 2851 | or empty for unknown). |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | ef29a5e | 2009-10-31 19:37:05 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2852 | Note that the itxt_length, lang, and lang_key |
| 2853 | members of the text_ptr structure only exist |
| 2854 | when the library is built with iTXt chunk support. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7a28724 | 2011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2855 | Prior to libpng-1.4.0 the library was built by default |
| 2856 | without iTXt support. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | ef29a5e | 2009-10-31 19:37:05 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2857 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2858 | num_text - number of comments |
| 2859 | |
| 2860 | png_set_sPLT(png_ptr, info_ptr, &palette_ptr, |
| 2861 | num_spalettes); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2862 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2863 | palette_ptr - array of png_sPLT_struct structures |
| 2864 | to be added to the list of palettes |
| 2865 | in the info structure. |
| 2866 | num_spalettes - number of palette structures to be |
| 2867 | added. |
| 2868 | |
| 2869 | png_set_oFFs(png_ptr, info_ptr, offset_x, offset_y, |
| 2870 | unit_type); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2871 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2872 | offset_x - positive offset from the left |
| 2873 | edge of the screen |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2874 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2875 | offset_y - positive offset from the top |
| 2876 | edge of the screen |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2877 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2878 | unit_type - PNG_OFFSET_PIXEL, PNG_OFFSET_MICROMETER |
| 2879 | |
| 2880 | png_set_pHYs(png_ptr, info_ptr, res_x, res_y, |
| 2881 | unit_type); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2882 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2883 | res_x - pixels/unit physical resolution |
| 2884 | in x direction |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2885 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2886 | res_y - pixels/unit physical resolution |
| 2887 | in y direction |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2888 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2889 | unit_type - PNG_RESOLUTION_UNKNOWN, |
| 2890 | PNG_RESOLUTION_METER |
| 2891 | |
| 2892 | png_set_sCAL(png_ptr, info_ptr, unit, width, height) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2893 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2894 | unit - physical scale units (an integer) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2895 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2896 | width - width of a pixel in physical scale units |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2897 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2898 | height - height of a pixel in physical scale units |
| 2899 | (width and height are doubles) |
| 2900 | |
| 2901 | png_set_sCAL_s(png_ptr, info_ptr, unit, width, height) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2902 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2903 | unit - physical scale units (an integer) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2904 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2905 | width - width of a pixel in physical scale units |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7a28724 | 2011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2906 | expressed as a string |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2907 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2908 | height - height of a pixel in physical scale units |
| 2909 | (width and height are strings like "2.54") |
| 2910 | |
| 2911 | png_set_unknown_chunks(png_ptr, info_ptr, &unknowns, |
| 2912 | num_unknowns) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2913 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2914 | unknowns - array of png_unknown_chunk |
| 2915 | structures holding unknown chunks |
| 2916 | unknowns[i].name - name of unknown chunk |
| 2917 | unknowns[i].data - data of unknown chunk |
| 2918 | unknowns[i].size - size of unknown chunk's data |
| 2919 | unknowns[i].location - position to write chunk in file |
| 2920 | 0: do not write chunk |
| 2921 | PNG_HAVE_IHDR: before PLTE |
| 2922 | PNG_HAVE_PLTE: before IDAT |
| 2923 | PNG_AFTER_IDAT: after IDAT |
| 2924 | |
| 2925 | The "location" member is set automatically according to |
| 2926 | what part of the output file has already been written. |
| 2927 | You can change its value after calling png_set_unknown_chunks() |
| 2928 | as demonstrated in pngtest.c. Within each of the "locations", |
| 2929 | the chunks are sequenced according to their position in the |
| 2930 | structure (that is, the value of "i", which is the order in which |
| 2931 | the chunk was either read from the input file or defined with |
| 2932 | png_set_unknown_chunks). |
| 2933 | |
| 2934 | A quick word about text and num_text. text is an array of png_text |
| 2935 | structures. num_text is the number of valid structures in the array. |
| 2936 | Each png_text structure holds a language code, a keyword, a text value, |
| 2937 | and a compression type. |
| 2938 | |
| 2939 | The compression types have the same valid numbers as the compression |
| 2940 | types of the image data. Currently, the only valid number is zero. |
| 2941 | However, you can store text either compressed or uncompressed, unlike |
| 2942 | images, which always have to be compressed. So if you don't want the |
| 2943 | text compressed, set the compression type to PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE. |
| 2944 | Because tEXt and zTXt chunks don't have a language field, if you |
| 2945 | specify PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE or PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt |
| 2946 | any language code or translated keyword will not be written out. |
| 2947 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7a28724 | 2011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2948 | Until text gets around a few hundred bytes, it is not worth compressing it. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2949 | After the text has been written out to the file, the compression type |
| 2950 | is set to PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE_WR or PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt_WR, |
| 2951 | so that it isn't written out again at the end (in case you are calling |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2952 | png_write_end() with the same struct). |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2953 | |
| 2954 | The keywords that are given in the PNG Specification are: |
| 2955 | |
| 2956 | Title Short (one line) title or |
| 2957 | caption for image |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2958 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2959 | Author Name of image's creator |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2960 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2961 | Description Description of image (possibly long) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2962 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2963 | Copyright Copyright notice |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2964 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2965 | Creation Time Time of original image creation |
| 2966 | (usually RFC 1123 format, see below) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2967 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2968 | Software Software used to create the image |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2969 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2970 | Disclaimer Legal disclaimer |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2971 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2972 | Warning Warning of nature of content |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2973 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2974 | Source Device used to create the image |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2975 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2976 | Comment Miscellaneous comment; conversion |
| 2977 | from other image format |
| 2978 | |
| 2979 | The keyword-text pairs work like this. Keywords should be short |
| 2980 | simple descriptions of what the comment is about. Some typical |
| 2981 | keywords are found in the PNG specification, as is some recommendations |
| 2982 | on keywords. You can repeat keywords in a file. You can even write |
| 2983 | some text before the image and some after. For example, you may want |
| 2984 | to put a description of the image before the image, but leave the |
| 2985 | disclaimer until after, so viewers working over modem connections |
| 2986 | don't have to wait for the disclaimer to go over the modem before |
| 2987 | they start seeing the image. Finally, keywords should be full |
| 2988 | words, not abbreviations. Keywords and text are in the ISO 8859-1 |
| 2989 | (Latin-1) character set (a superset of regular ASCII) and can not |
| 2990 | contain NUL characters, and should not contain control or other |
| 2991 | unprintable characters. To make the comments widely readable, stick |
| 2992 | with basic ASCII, and avoid machine specific character set extensions |
| 2993 | like the IBM-PC character set. The keyword must be present, but |
| 2994 | you can leave off the text string on non-compressed pairs. |
| 2995 | Compressed pairs must have a text string, as only the text string |
| 2996 | is compressed anyway, so the compression would be meaningless. |
| 2997 | |
| 2998 | PNG supports modification time via the png_time structure. Two |
| 2999 | conversion routines are provided, png_convert_from_time_t() for |
| 3000 | time_t and png_convert_from_struct_tm() for struct tm. The |
| 3001 | time_t routine uses gmtime(). You don't have to use either of |
| 3002 | these, but if you wish to fill in the png_time structure directly, |
| 3003 | you should provide the time in universal time (GMT) if possible |
| 3004 | instead of your local time. Note that the year number is the full |
| 3005 | year (e.g. 1998, rather than 98 - PNG is year 2000 compliant!), and |
| 3006 | that months start with 1. |
| 3007 | |
| 3008 | If you want to store the time of the original image creation, you should |
| 3009 | use a plain tEXt chunk with the "Creation Time" keyword. This is |
| 3010 | necessary because the "creation time" of a PNG image is somewhat vague, |
| 3011 | depending on whether you mean the PNG file, the time the image was |
| 3012 | created in a non-PNG format, a still photo from which the image was |
| 3013 | scanned, or possibly the subject matter itself. In order to facilitate |
| 3014 | machine-readable dates, it is recommended that the "Creation Time" |
| 3015 | tEXt chunk use RFC 1123 format dates (e.g. "22 May 1997 18:07:10 GMT"), |
| 3016 | although this isn't a requirement. Unlike the tIME chunk, the |
| 3017 | "Creation Time" tEXt chunk is not expected to be automatically changed |
| 3018 | by the software. To facilitate the use of RFC 1123 dates, a function |
| 3019 | png_convert_to_rfc1123(png_timep) is provided to convert from PNG |
| 3020 | time to an RFC 1123 format string. |
| 3021 | |
| 3022 | Writing unknown chunks |
| 3023 | |
| 3024 | You can use the png_set_unknown_chunks function to queue up chunks |
| 3025 | for writing. You give it a chunk name, raw data, and a size; that's |
| 3026 | all there is to it. The chunks will be written by the next following |
| 3027 | png_write_info_before_PLTE, png_write_info, or png_write_end function. |
| 3028 | Any chunks previously read into the info structure's unknown-chunk |
| 3029 | list will also be written out in a sequence that satisfies the PNG |
| 3030 | specification's ordering rules. |
| 3031 | |
| 3032 | The high-level write interface |
| 3033 | |
| 3034 | At this point there are two ways to proceed; through the high-level |
| 3035 | write interface, or through a sequence of low-level write operations. |
| 3036 | You can use the high-level interface if your image data is present |
| 3037 | in the info structure. All defined output |
| 3038 | transformations are permitted, enabled by the following masks. |
| 3039 | |
| 3040 | PNG_TRANSFORM_IDENTITY No transformation |
| 3041 | PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKING Pack 1, 2 and 4-bit samples |
| 3042 | PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKSWAP Change order of packed |
| 3043 | pixels to LSB first |
| 3044 | PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_MONO Invert monochrome images |
| 3045 | PNG_TRANSFORM_SHIFT Normalize pixels to the |
| 3046 | sBIT depth |
| 3047 | PNG_TRANSFORM_BGR Flip RGB to BGR, RGBA |
| 3048 | to BGRA |
| 3049 | PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ALPHA Flip RGBA to ARGB or GA |
| 3050 | to AG |
| 3051 | PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_ALPHA Change alpha from opacity |
| 3052 | to transparency |
| 3053 | PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ENDIAN Byte-swap 16-bit samples |
| 3054 | PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_FILLER Strip out filler |
| 3055 | bytes (deprecated). |
| 3056 | PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_FILLER_BEFORE Strip out leading |
| 3057 | filler bytes |
| 3058 | PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_FILLER_AFTER Strip out trailing |
| 3059 | filler bytes |
| 3060 | |
| 3061 | If you have valid image data in the info structure (you can use |
| 3062 | png_set_rows() to put image data in the info structure), simply do this: |
| 3063 | |
| 3064 | png_write_png(png_ptr, info_ptr, png_transforms, NULL) |
| 3065 | |
| 3066 | where png_transforms is an integer containing the bitwise OR of some set of |
| 3067 | transformation flags. This call is equivalent to png_write_info(), |
| 3068 | followed the set of transformations indicated by the transform mask, |
| 3069 | then png_write_image(), and finally png_write_end(). |
| 3070 | |
| 3071 | (The final parameter of this call is not yet used. Someday it might point |
| 3072 | to transformation parameters required by some future output transform.) |
| 3073 | |
| 3074 | You must use png_transforms and not call any png_set_transform() functions |
| 3075 | when you use png_write_png(). |
| 3076 | |
| 3077 | The low-level write interface |
| 3078 | |
| 3079 | If you are going the low-level route instead, you are now ready to |
| 3080 | write all the file information up to the actual image data. You do |
| 3081 | this with a call to png_write_info(). |
| 3082 | |
| 3083 | png_write_info(png_ptr, info_ptr); |
| 3084 | |
| 3085 | Note that there is one transformation you may need to do before |
| 3086 | png_write_info(). In PNG files, the alpha channel in an image is the |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | f210a05 | 2009-11-12 10:02:24 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 3087 | level of opacity. If your data is supplied as a level of transparency, |
| 3088 | you can invert the alpha channel before you write it, so that 0 is |
| 3089 | fully transparent and 255 (in 8-bit or paletted images) or 65535 |
| 3090 | (in 16-bit images) is fully opaque, with |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3091 | |
| 3092 | png_set_invert_alpha(png_ptr); |
| 3093 | |
| 3094 | This must appear before png_write_info() instead of later with the |
| 3095 | other transformations because in the case of paletted images the tRNS |
| 3096 | chunk data has to be inverted before the tRNS chunk is written. If |
| 3097 | your image is not a paletted image, the tRNS data (which in such cases |
| 3098 | represents a single color to be rendered as transparent) won't need to |
| 3099 | be changed, and you can safely do this transformation after your |
| 3100 | png_write_info() call. |
| 3101 | |
| 3102 | If you need to write a private chunk that you want to appear before |
| 3103 | the PLTE chunk when PLTE is present, you can write the PNG info in |
| 3104 | two steps, and insert code to write your own chunk between them: |
| 3105 | |
| 3106 | png_write_info_before_PLTE(png_ptr, info_ptr); |
| 3107 | png_set_unknown_chunks(png_ptr, info_ptr, ...); |
| 3108 | png_write_info(png_ptr, info_ptr); |
| 3109 | |
| 3110 | After you've written the file information, you can set up the library |
| 3111 | to handle any special transformations of the image data. The various |
| 3112 | ways to transform the data will be described in the order that they |
| 3113 | should occur. This is important, as some of these change the color |
| 3114 | type and/or bit depth of the data, and some others only work on |
| 3115 | certain color types and bit depths. Even though each transformation |
| 3116 | checks to see if it has data that it can do something with, you should |
| 3117 | make sure to only enable a transformation if it will be valid for the |
| 3118 | data. For example, don't swap red and blue on grayscale data. |
| 3119 | |
| 3120 | PNG files store RGB pixels packed into 3 or 6 bytes. This code tells |
| 3121 | the library to strip input data that has 4 or 8 bytes per pixel down |
| 3122 | to 3 or 6 bytes (or strip 2 or 4-byte grayscale+filler data to 1 or 2 |
| 3123 | bytes per pixel). |
| 3124 | |
| 3125 | png_set_filler(png_ptr, 0, PNG_FILLER_BEFORE); |
| 3126 | |
| 3127 | where the 0 is unused, and the location is either PNG_FILLER_BEFORE or |
| 3128 | PNG_FILLER_AFTER, depending upon whether the filler byte in the pixel |
| 3129 | is stored XRGB or RGBX. |
| 3130 | |
| 3131 | PNG files pack pixels of bit depths 1, 2, and 4 into bytes as small as |
| 3132 | they can, resulting in, for example, 8 pixels per byte for 1 bit files. |
| 3133 | If the data is supplied at 1 pixel per byte, use this code, which will |
| 3134 | correctly pack the pixels into a single byte: |
| 3135 | |
| 3136 | png_set_packing(png_ptr); |
| 3137 | |
| 3138 | PNG files reduce possible bit depths to 1, 2, 4, 8, and 16. If your |
| 3139 | data is of another bit depth, you can write an sBIT chunk into the |
| 3140 | file so that decoders can recover the original data if desired. |
| 3141 | |
| 3142 | /* Set the true bit depth of the image data */ |
| 3143 | if (color_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR) |
| 3144 | { |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 3145 | sig_bit.red = true_bit_depth; |
| 3146 | sig_bit.green = true_bit_depth; |
| 3147 | sig_bit.blue = true_bit_depth; |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3148 | } |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 3149 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3150 | else |
| 3151 | { |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 3152 | sig_bit.gray = true_bit_depth; |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3153 | } |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 3154 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3155 | if (color_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA) |
| 3156 | { |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 3157 | sig_bit.alpha = true_bit_depth; |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3158 | } |
| 3159 | |
| 3160 | png_set_sBIT(png_ptr, info_ptr, &sig_bit); |
| 3161 | |
| 3162 | If the data is stored in the row buffer in a bit depth other than |
| 3163 | one supported by PNG (e.g. 3 bit data in the range 0-7 for a 4-bit PNG), |
| 3164 | this will scale the values to appear to be the correct bit depth as |
| 3165 | is required by PNG. |
| 3166 | |
| 3167 | png_set_shift(png_ptr, &sig_bit); |
| 3168 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 593fc04 | 2011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3169 | PNG files store 16-bit pixels in network byte order (big-endian, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3170 | ie. most significant bits first). This code would be used if they are |
| 3171 | supplied the other way (little-endian, i.e. least significant bits |
| 3172 | first, the way PCs store them): |
| 3173 | |
| 3174 | if (bit_depth > 8) |
| 3175 | png_set_swap(png_ptr); |
| 3176 | |
| 3177 | If you are using packed-pixel images (1, 2, or 4 bits/pixel), and you |
| 3178 | need to change the order the pixels are packed into bytes, you can use: |
| 3179 | |
| 3180 | if (bit_depth < 8) |
| 3181 | png_set_packswap(png_ptr); |
| 3182 | |
| 3183 | PNG files store 3 color pixels in red, green, blue order. This code |
| 3184 | would be used if they are supplied as blue, green, red: |
| 3185 | |
| 3186 | png_set_bgr(png_ptr); |
| 3187 | |
| 3188 | PNG files describe monochrome as black being zero and white being |
| 3189 | one. This code would be used if the pixels are supplied with this reversed |
| 3190 | (black being one and white being zero): |
| 3191 | |
| 3192 | png_set_invert_mono(png_ptr); |
| 3193 | |
| 3194 | Finally, you can write your own transformation function if none of |
| 3195 | the existing ones meets your needs. This is done by setting a callback |
| 3196 | with |
| 3197 | |
| 3198 | png_set_write_user_transform_fn(png_ptr, |
| 3199 | write_transform_fn); |
| 3200 | |
| 3201 | You must supply the function |
| 3202 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 9321567 | 2011-02-13 19:42:19 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 3203 | void write_transform_fn(png_structp png_ptr, png_row_infop |
| 3204 | row_info, png_bytep data) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3205 | |
| 3206 | See pngtest.c for a working example. Your function will be called |
John Bowler | 0a5c9c0 | 2011-01-22 17:36:34 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 3207 | before any of the other transformations are processed. If supported |
| 3208 | libpng also supplies an information routine that may be called from |
| 3209 | your callback: |
| 3210 | |
| 3211 | png_get_current_row_number(png_ptr); |
John Bowler | cd11345 | 2011-02-16 06:15:13 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 3212 | png_get_current_pass_number(png_ptr); |
John Bowler | 0a5c9c0 | 2011-01-22 17:36:34 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 3213 | |
John Bowler | cd11345 | 2011-02-16 06:15:13 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 3214 | This returns the current row passed to the transform. With interlaced |
| 3215 | images the value returned is the row in the input sub-image image. Use |
| 3216 | PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW(row, pass) and PNG_COL_FROM_PASS_COL(col, pass) to |
| 3217 | find the output pixel (x,y) given an interlaced sub-image pixel (row,col,pass). |
| 3218 | |
| 3219 | The discussion of interlace handling above contains more information on how to |
| 3220 | use these values. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3221 | |
| 3222 | You can also set up a pointer to a user structure for use by your |
| 3223 | callback function. |
| 3224 | |
| 3225 | png_set_user_transform_info(png_ptr, user_ptr, 0, 0); |
| 3226 | |
| 3227 | The user_channels and user_depth parameters of this function are ignored |
| 3228 | when writing; you can set them to zero as shown. |
| 3229 | |
| 3230 | You can retrieve the pointer via the function png_get_user_transform_ptr(). |
| 3231 | For example: |
| 3232 | |
| 3233 | voidp write_user_transform_ptr = |
| 3234 | png_get_user_transform_ptr(png_ptr); |
| 3235 | |
| 3236 | It is possible to have libpng flush any pending output, either manually, |
| 3237 | or automatically after a certain number of lines have been written. To |
| 3238 | flush the output stream a single time call: |
| 3239 | |
| 3240 | png_write_flush(png_ptr); |
| 3241 | |
| 3242 | and to have libpng flush the output stream periodically after a certain |
| 3243 | number of scanlines have been written, call: |
| 3244 | |
| 3245 | png_set_flush(png_ptr, nrows); |
| 3246 | |
| 3247 | Note that the distance between rows is from the last time png_write_flush() |
| 3248 | was called, or the first row of the image if it has never been called. |
| 3249 | So if you write 50 lines, and then png_set_flush 25, it will flush the |
| 3250 | output on the next scanline, and every 25 lines thereafter, unless |
| 3251 | png_write_flush() is called before 25 more lines have been written. |
| 3252 | If nrows is too small (less than about 10 lines for a 640 pixel wide |
| 3253 | RGB image) the image compression may decrease noticeably (although this |
| 3254 | may be acceptable for real-time applications). Infrequent flushing will |
| 3255 | only degrade the compression performance by a few percent over images |
| 3256 | that do not use flushing. |
| 3257 | |
| 3258 | Writing the image data |
| 3259 | |
| 3260 | That's it for the transformations. Now you can write the image data. |
| 3261 | The simplest way to do this is in one function call. If you have the |
| 3262 | whole image in memory, you can just call png_write_image() and libpng |
| 3263 | will write the image. You will need to pass in an array of pointers to |
| 3264 | each row. This function automatically handles interlacing, so you don't |
| 3265 | need to call png_set_interlace_handling() or call this function multiple |
| 3266 | times, or any of that other stuff necessary with png_write_rows(). |
| 3267 | |
| 3268 | png_write_image(png_ptr, row_pointers); |
| 3269 | |
| 3270 | where row_pointers is: |
| 3271 | |
| 3272 | png_byte *row_pointers[height]; |
| 3273 | |
| 3274 | You can point to void or char or whatever you use for pixels. |
| 3275 | |
| 3276 | If you don't want to write the whole image at once, you can |
| 3277 | use png_write_rows() instead. If the file is not interlaced, |
| 3278 | this is simple: |
| 3279 | |
| 3280 | png_write_rows(png_ptr, row_pointers, |
| 3281 | number_of_rows); |
| 3282 | |
| 3283 | row_pointers is the same as in the png_write_image() call. |
| 3284 | |
| 3285 | If you are just writing one row at a time, you can do this with |
| 3286 | a single row_pointer instead of an array of row_pointers: |
| 3287 | |
| 3288 | png_bytep row_pointer = row; |
| 3289 | |
| 3290 | png_write_row(png_ptr, row_pointer); |
| 3291 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | f210a05 | 2009-11-12 10:02:24 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 3292 | When the file is interlaced, things can get a good deal more complicated. |
| 3293 | The only currently (as of the PNG Specification version 1.2, dated July |
| 3294 | 1999) defined interlacing scheme for PNG files is the "Adam7" interlace |
| 3295 | scheme, that breaks down an image into seven smaller images of varying |
| 3296 | size. libpng will build these images for you, or you can do them |
| 3297 | yourself. If you want to build them yourself, see the PNG specification |
| 3298 | for details of which pixels to write when. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3299 | |
| 3300 | If you don't want libpng to handle the interlacing details, just |
| 3301 | use png_set_interlace_handling() and call png_write_rows() the |
John Bowler | 660c6e4 | 2010-12-19 06:22:23 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 3302 | correct number of times to write all the sub-images |
| 3303 | (png_set_interlace_handling() returns the number of sub-images.) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3304 | |
| 3305 | If you want libpng to build the sub-images, call this before you start |
| 3306 | writing any rows: |
| 3307 | |
John Bowler | 660c6e4 | 2010-12-19 06:22:23 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 3308 | number_of_passes = png_set_interlace_handling(png_ptr); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3309 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | f210a05 | 2009-11-12 10:02:24 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 3310 | This will return the number of passes needed. Currently, this is seven, |
| 3311 | but may change if another interlace type is added. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3312 | |
| 3313 | Then write the complete image number_of_passes times. |
| 3314 | |
John Bowler | 660c6e4 | 2010-12-19 06:22:23 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 3315 | png_write_rows(png_ptr, row_pointers, number_of_rows); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3316 | |
John Bowler | 660c6e4 | 2010-12-19 06:22:23 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 3317 | Think carefully before you write an interlaced image. Typically code that |
| 3318 | reads such images reads all the image data into memory, uncompressed, before |
| 3319 | doing any processing. Only code that can display an image on the fly can |
| 3320 | take advantage of the interlacing and even then the image has to be exactly |
| 3321 | the correct size for the output device, because scaling an image requires |
| 3322 | adjacent pixels and these are not available until all the passes have been |
| 3323 | read. |
| 3324 | |
| 3325 | If you do write an interlaced image you will hardly ever need to handle |
| 3326 | the interlacing yourself. Call png_set_interlace_handling() and use the |
| 3327 | approach described above. |
| 3328 | |
| 3329 | The only time it is conceivable that you will really need to write an |
| 3330 | interlaced image pass-by-pass is when you have read one pass by pass and |
| 3331 | made some pixel-by-pixel transformation to it, as described in the read |
| 3332 | code above. In this case use the PNG_PASS_ROWS and PNG_PASS_COLS macros |
| 3333 | to determine the size of each sub-image in turn and simply write the rows |
| 3334 | you obtained from the read code. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3335 | |
| 3336 | Finishing a sequential write |
| 3337 | |
| 3338 | After you are finished writing the image, you should finish writing |
| 3339 | the file. If you are interested in writing comments or time, you should |
| 3340 | pass an appropriately filled png_info pointer. If you are not interested, |
| 3341 | you can pass NULL. |
| 3342 | |
| 3343 | png_write_end(png_ptr, info_ptr); |
| 3344 | |
| 3345 | When you are done, you can free all memory used by libpng like this: |
| 3346 | |
| 3347 | png_destroy_write_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr); |
| 3348 | |
| 3349 | It is also possible to individually free the info_ptr members that |
| 3350 | point to libpng-allocated storage with the following function: |
| 3351 | |
| 3352 | png_free_data(png_ptr, info_ptr, mask, seq) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 3353 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3354 | mask - identifies data to be freed, a mask |
| 3355 | containing the bitwise OR of one or |
| 3356 | more of |
| 3357 | PNG_FREE_PLTE, PNG_FREE_TRNS, |
| 3358 | PNG_FREE_HIST, PNG_FREE_ICCP, |
| 3359 | PNG_FREE_PCAL, PNG_FREE_ROWS, |
| 3360 | PNG_FREE_SCAL, PNG_FREE_SPLT, |
| 3361 | PNG_FREE_TEXT, PNG_FREE_UNKN, |
| 3362 | or simply PNG_FREE_ALL |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 3363 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3364 | seq - sequence number of item to be freed |
| 3365 | (-1 for all items) |
| 3366 | |
| 3367 | This function may be safely called when the relevant storage has |
| 3368 | already been freed, or has not yet been allocated, or was allocated |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | f210a05 | 2009-11-12 10:02:24 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 3369 | by the user and not by libpng, and will in those cases do nothing. |
| 3370 | The "seq" parameter is ignored if only one item of the selected data |
| 3371 | type, such as PLTE, is allowed. If "seq" is not -1, and multiple items |
| 3372 | are allowed for the data type identified in the mask, such as text or |
| 3373 | sPLT, only the n'th item in the structure is freed, where n is "seq". |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3374 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | f210a05 | 2009-11-12 10:02:24 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 3375 | If you allocated data such as a palette that you passed in to libpng |
| 3376 | with png_set_*, you must not free it until just before the call to |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3377 | png_destroy_write_struct(). |
| 3378 | |
| 3379 | The default behavior is only to free data that was allocated internally |
| 3380 | by libpng. This can be changed, so that libpng will not free the data, |
| 3381 | or so that it will free data that was allocated by the user with png_malloc() |
| 3382 | or png_zalloc() and passed in via a png_set_*() function, with |
| 3383 | |
| 3384 | png_data_freer(png_ptr, info_ptr, freer, mask) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 3385 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3386 | freer - one of |
| 3387 | PNG_DESTROY_WILL_FREE_DATA |
| 3388 | PNG_SET_WILL_FREE_DATA |
| 3389 | PNG_USER_WILL_FREE_DATA |
| 3390 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 3391 | mask - which data elements are affected |
| 3392 | same choices as in png_free_data() |
| 3393 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3394 | For example, to transfer responsibility for some data from a read structure |
| 3395 | to a write structure, you could use |
| 3396 | |
| 3397 | png_data_freer(read_ptr, read_info_ptr, |
| 3398 | PNG_USER_WILL_FREE_DATA, |
| 3399 | PNG_FREE_PLTE|PNG_FREE_tRNS|PNG_FREE_hIST) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 3400 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3401 | png_data_freer(write_ptr, write_info_ptr, |
| 3402 | PNG_DESTROY_WILL_FREE_DATA, |
| 3403 | PNG_FREE_PLTE|PNG_FREE_tRNS|PNG_FREE_hIST) |
| 3404 | |
| 3405 | thereby briefly reassigning responsibility for freeing to the user but |
| 3406 | immediately afterwards reassigning it once more to the write_destroy |
| 3407 | function. Having done this, it would then be safe to destroy the read |
| 3408 | structure and continue to use the PLTE, tRNS, and hIST data in the write |
| 3409 | structure. |
| 3410 | |
| 3411 | This function only affects data that has already been allocated. |
| 3412 | You can call this function before calling after the png_set_*() functions |
| 3413 | to control whether the user or png_destroy_*() is supposed to free the data. |
| 3414 | When the user assumes responsibility for libpng-allocated data, the |
| 3415 | application must use |
| 3416 | png_free() to free it, and when the user transfers responsibility to libpng |
| 3417 | for data that the user has allocated, the user must have used png_malloc() |
| 3418 | or png_zalloc() to allocate it. |
| 3419 | |
| 3420 | If you allocated text_ptr.text, text_ptr.lang, and text_ptr.translated_keyword |
| 3421 | separately, do not transfer responsibility for freeing text_ptr to libpng, |
| 3422 | because when libpng fills a png_text structure it combines these members with |
| 3423 | the key member, and png_free_data() will free only text_ptr.key. Similarly, |
| 3424 | if you transfer responsibility for free'ing text_ptr from libpng to your |
| 3425 | application, your application must not separately free those members. |
| 3426 | For a more compact example of writing a PNG image, see the file example.c. |
| 3427 | |
| 3428 | V. Modifying/Customizing libpng: |
| 3429 | |
| 3430 | There are two issues here. The first is changing how libpng does |
| 3431 | standard things like memory allocation, input/output, and error handling. |
| 3432 | The second deals with more complicated things like adding new chunks, |
| 3433 | adding new transformations, and generally changing how libpng works. |
| 3434 | Both of those are compile-time issues; that is, they are generally |
| 3435 | determined at the time the code is written, and there is rarely a need |
| 3436 | to provide the user with a means of changing them. |
| 3437 | |
| 3438 | Memory allocation, input/output, and error handling |
| 3439 | |
| 3440 | All of the memory allocation, input/output, and error handling in libpng |
| 3441 | goes through callbacks that are user-settable. The default routines are |
| 3442 | in pngmem.c, pngrio.c, pngwio.c, and pngerror.c, respectively. To change |
| 3443 | these functions, call the appropriate png_set_*_fn() function. |
| 3444 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | f210a05 | 2009-11-12 10:02:24 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 3445 | Memory allocation is done through the functions png_malloc(), png_calloc(), |
| 3446 | and png_free(). These currently just call the standard C functions. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 2be8b64 | 2010-07-29 19:09:18 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3447 | png_calloc() calls png_malloc() and then clears the newly |
| 3448 | allocated memory to zero. There is limited support for certain systems |
| 3449 | with segmented memory architectures and the types of pointers declared by |
| 3450 | png.h match this; you will have to use appropriate pointers in your |
| 3451 | application. Since it is |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | f210a05 | 2009-11-12 10:02:24 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 3452 | unlikely that the method of handling memory allocation on a platform |
| 3453 | will change between applications, these functions must be modified in |
| 3454 | the library at compile time. If you prefer to use a different method |
| 3455 | of allocating and freeing data, you can use png_create_read_struct_2() or |
| 3456 | png_create_write_struct_2() to register your own functions as described |
| 3457 | above. These functions also provide a void pointer that can be retrieved |
| 3458 | via |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3459 | |
| 3460 | mem_ptr=png_get_mem_ptr(png_ptr); |
| 3461 | |
| 3462 | Your replacement memory functions must have prototypes as follows: |
| 3463 | |
| 3464 | png_voidp malloc_fn(png_structp png_ptr, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | e3f3c4e | 2010-02-07 18:08:50 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 3465 | png_alloc_size_t size); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 3466 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3467 | void free_fn(png_structp png_ptr, png_voidp ptr); |
| 3468 | |
| 3469 | Your malloc_fn() must return NULL in case of failure. The png_malloc() |
| 3470 | function will normally call png_error() if it receives a NULL from the |
| 3471 | system memory allocator or from your replacement malloc_fn(). |
| 3472 | |
| 3473 | Your free_fn() will never be called with a NULL ptr, since libpng's |
| 3474 | png_free() checks for NULL before calling free_fn(). |
| 3475 | |
| 3476 | Input/Output in libpng is done through png_read() and png_write(), |
| 3477 | which currently just call fread() and fwrite(). The FILE * is stored in |
| 3478 | png_struct and is initialized via png_init_io(). If you wish to change |
| 3479 | the method of I/O, the library supplies callbacks that you can set |
| 3480 | through the function png_set_read_fn() and png_set_write_fn() at run |
| 3481 | time, instead of calling the png_init_io() function. These functions |
| 3482 | also provide a void pointer that can be retrieved via the function |
| 3483 | png_get_io_ptr(). For example: |
| 3484 | |
| 3485 | png_set_read_fn(png_structp read_ptr, |
| 3486 | voidp read_io_ptr, png_rw_ptr read_data_fn) |
| 3487 | |
| 3488 | png_set_write_fn(png_structp write_ptr, |
| 3489 | voidp write_io_ptr, png_rw_ptr write_data_fn, |
| 3490 | png_flush_ptr output_flush_fn); |
| 3491 | |
| 3492 | voidp read_io_ptr = png_get_io_ptr(read_ptr); |
| 3493 | voidp write_io_ptr = png_get_io_ptr(write_ptr); |
| 3494 | |
| 3495 | The replacement I/O functions must have prototypes as follows: |
| 3496 | |
| 3497 | void user_read_data(png_structp png_ptr, |
| 3498 | png_bytep data, png_size_t length); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 3499 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3500 | void user_write_data(png_structp png_ptr, |
| 3501 | png_bytep data, png_size_t length); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 3502 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3503 | void user_flush_data(png_structp png_ptr); |
| 3504 | |
| 3505 | The user_read_data() function is responsible for detecting and |
| 3506 | handling end-of-data errors. |
| 3507 | |
| 3508 | Supplying NULL for the read, write, or flush functions sets them back |
| 3509 | to using the default C stream functions, which expect the io_ptr to |
| 3510 | point to a standard *FILE structure. It is probably a mistake |
| 3511 | to use NULL for one of write_data_fn and output_flush_fn but not both |
| 3512 | of them, unless you have built libpng with PNG_NO_WRITE_FLUSH defined. |
| 3513 | It is an error to read from a write stream, and vice versa. |
| 3514 | |
| 3515 | Error handling in libpng is done through png_error() and png_warning(). |
| 3516 | Errors handled through png_error() are fatal, meaning that png_error() |
| 3517 | should never return to its caller. Currently, this is handled via |
| 3518 | setjmp() and longjmp() (unless you have compiled libpng with |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 54ac9a9 | 2010-04-02 17:06:22 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3519 | PNG_NO_SETJMP, in which case it is handled via PNG_ABORT()), |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 6098807 | 2010-04-13 22:11:06 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3520 | but you could change this to do things like exit() if you should wish, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 54ac9a9 | 2010-04-02 17:06:22 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3521 | as long as your function does not return. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3522 | |
| 3523 | On non-fatal errors, png_warning() is called |
| 3524 | to print a warning message, and then control returns to the calling code. |
| 3525 | By default png_error() and png_warning() print a message on stderr via |
| 3526 | fprintf() unless the library is compiled with PNG_NO_CONSOLE_IO defined |
| 3527 | (because you don't want the messages) or PNG_NO_STDIO defined (because |
| 3528 | fprintf() isn't available). If you wish to change the behavior of the error |
| 3529 | functions, you will need to set up your own message callbacks. These |
| 3530 | functions are normally supplied at the time that the png_struct is created. |
| 3531 | It is also possible to redirect errors and warnings to your own replacement |
| 3532 | functions after png_create_*_struct() has been called by calling: |
| 3533 | |
| 3534 | png_set_error_fn(png_structp png_ptr, |
| 3535 | png_voidp error_ptr, png_error_ptr error_fn, |
| 3536 | png_error_ptr warning_fn); |
| 3537 | |
| 3538 | png_voidp error_ptr = png_get_error_ptr(png_ptr); |
| 3539 | |
| 3540 | If NULL is supplied for either error_fn or warning_fn, then the libpng |
| 3541 | default function will be used, calling fprintf() and/or longjmp() if a |
| 3542 | problem is encountered. The replacement error functions should have |
| 3543 | parameters as follows: |
| 3544 | |
| 3545 | void user_error_fn(png_structp png_ptr, |
| 3546 | png_const_charp error_msg); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 3547 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3548 | void user_warning_fn(png_structp png_ptr, |
| 3549 | png_const_charp warning_msg); |
| 3550 | |
| 3551 | The motivation behind using setjmp() and longjmp() is the C++ throw and |
| 3552 | catch exception handling methods. This makes the code much easier to write, |
| 3553 | as there is no need to check every return code of every function call. |
| 3554 | However, there are some uncertainties about the status of local variables |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | f210a05 | 2009-11-12 10:02:24 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 3555 | after a longjmp, so the user may want to be careful about doing anything |
| 3556 | after setjmp returns non-zero besides returning itself. Consult your |
| 3557 | compiler documentation for more details. For an alternative approach, you |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a5e5547 | 2011-07-12 10:13:32 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3558 | may wish to use the "cexcept" facility (see http://cexcept.sourceforge.net), |
| 3559 | which is illustrated in pngvalid.c and in contrib/visupng. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3560 | |
| 3561 | Custom chunks |
| 3562 | |
| 3563 | If you need to read or write custom chunks, you may need to get deeper |
| 3564 | into the libpng code. The library now has mechanisms for storing |
| 3565 | and writing chunks of unknown type; you can even declare callbacks |
| 3566 | for custom chunks. However, this may not be good enough if the |
| 3567 | library code itself needs to know about interactions between your |
| 3568 | chunk and existing `intrinsic' chunks. |
| 3569 | |
| 3570 | If you need to write a new intrinsic chunk, first read the PNG |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | f210a05 | 2009-11-12 10:02:24 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 3571 | specification. Acquire a first level of understanding of how it works. |
| 3572 | Pay particular attention to the sections that describe chunk names, |
| 3573 | and look at how other chunks were designed, so you can do things |
| 3574 | similarly. Second, check out the sections of libpng that read and |
| 3575 | write chunks. Try to find a chunk that is similar to yours and use |
| 3576 | it as a template. More details can be found in the comments inside |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a5e5547 | 2011-07-12 10:13:32 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3577 | the code. It is best to handle private or unknown chunks in a generic method, |
| 3578 | via callback functions, instead of by modifying libpng functions. This |
| 3579 | is illustrated in pngtest.c, which uses a callback function to handle a |
| 3580 | private "vpAg" chunk and the new "sTER" chunk, which are both unknown to |
| 3581 | libpng. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3582 | |
| 3583 | If you wish to write your own transformation for the data, look through |
| 3584 | the part of the code that does the transformations, and check out some of |
| 3585 | the simpler ones to get an idea of how they work. Try to find a similar |
| 3586 | transformation to the one you want to add and copy off of it. More details |
| 3587 | can be found in the comments inside the code itself. |
| 3588 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 593fc04 | 2011-05-12 22:18:23 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3589 | Configuring for 16-bit platforms |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3590 | |
| 3591 | You will want to look into zconf.h to tell zlib (and thus libpng) that |
| 3592 | it cannot allocate more then 64K at a time. Even if you can, the memory |
| 3593 | won't be accessible. So limit zlib and libpng to 64K by defining MAXSEG_64K. |
| 3594 | |
| 3595 | Configuring for DOS |
| 3596 | |
| 3597 | For DOS users who only have access to the lower 640K, you will |
| 3598 | have to limit zlib's memory usage via a png_set_compression_mem_level() |
| 3599 | call. See zlib.h or zconf.h in the zlib library for more information. |
| 3600 | |
| 3601 | Configuring for Medium Model |
| 3602 | |
| 3603 | Libpng's support for medium model has been tested on most of the popular |
| 3604 | compilers. Make sure MAXSEG_64K gets defined, USE_FAR_KEYWORD gets |
| 3605 | defined, and FAR gets defined to far in pngconf.h, and you should be |
| 3606 | all set. Everything in the library (except for zlib's structure) is |
| 3607 | expecting far data. You must use the typedefs with the p or pp on |
| 3608 | the end for pointers (or at least look at them and be careful). Make |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7a28724 | 2011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3609 | note that the rows of data are defined as png_bytepp, which is |
| 3610 | an "unsigned char far * far *". |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3611 | |
| 3612 | Configuring for gui/windowing platforms: |
| 3613 | |
| 3614 | You will need to write new error and warning functions that use the GUI |
| 3615 | interface, as described previously, and set them to be the error and |
| 3616 | warning functions at the time that png_create_*_struct() is called, |
| 3617 | in order to have them available during the structure initialization. |
| 3618 | They can be changed later via png_set_error_fn(). On some compilers, |
| 3619 | you may also have to change the memory allocators (png_malloc, etc.). |
| 3620 | |
| 3621 | Configuring for compiler xxx: |
| 3622 | |
| 3623 | All includes for libpng are in pngconf.h. If you need to add, change |
| 3624 | or delete an include, this is the place to do it. |
| 3625 | The includes that are not needed outside libpng are placed in pngpriv.h, |
| 3626 | which is only used by the routines inside libpng itself. |
| 3627 | The files in libpng proper only include pngpriv.h and png.h, which |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7a28724 | 2011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3628 | in turn includes pngconf.h and, as of libpng-1.5.0, pnglibconf.h. |
| 3629 | As of libpng-1.5.0, pngpriv.h also includes three other private header |
| 3630 | files, pngstruct.h, pnginfo.h, and pngdebug.h, which contain material |
| 3631 | that previously appeared in the public headers. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3632 | |
| 3633 | Configuring zlib: |
| 3634 | |
| 3635 | There are special functions to configure the compression. Perhaps the |
| 3636 | most useful one changes the compression level, which currently uses |
| 3637 | input compression values in the range 0 - 9. The library normally |
| 3638 | uses the default compression level (Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION = 6). Tests |
| 3639 | have shown that for a large majority of images, compression values in |
| 3640 | the range 3-6 compress nearly as well as higher levels, and do so much |
| 3641 | faster. For online applications it may be desirable to have maximum speed |
| 3642 | (Z_BEST_SPEED = 1). With versions of zlib after v0.99, you can also |
| 3643 | specify no compression (Z_NO_COMPRESSION = 0), but this would create |
| 3644 | files larger than just storing the raw bitmap. You can specify the |
| 3645 | compression level by calling: |
| 3646 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 38734ee | 2011-03-03 06:23:31 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 3647 | #include zlib.h |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3648 | png_set_compression_level(png_ptr, level); |
| 3649 | |
| 3650 | Another useful one is to reduce the memory level used by the library. |
| 3651 | The memory level defaults to 8, but it can be lowered if you are |
| 3652 | short on memory (running DOS, for example, where you only have 640K). |
| 3653 | Note that the memory level does have an effect on compression; among |
| 3654 | other things, lower levels will result in sections of incompressible |
| 3655 | data being emitted in smaller stored blocks, with a correspondingly |
| 3656 | larger relative overhead of up to 15% in the worst case. |
| 3657 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 38734ee | 2011-03-03 06:23:31 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 3658 | #include zlib.h |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3659 | png_set_compression_mem_level(png_ptr, level); |
| 3660 | |
| 3661 | The other functions are for configuring zlib. They are not recommended |
| 3662 | for normal use and may result in writing an invalid PNG file. See |
| 3663 | zlib.h for more information on what these mean. |
| 3664 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 38734ee | 2011-03-03 06:23:31 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 3665 | #include zlib.h |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3666 | png_set_compression_strategy(png_ptr, |
| 3667 | strategy); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 3668 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3669 | png_set_compression_window_bits(png_ptr, |
| 3670 | window_bits); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 3671 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3672 | png_set_compression_method(png_ptr, method); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7a28724 | 2011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3673 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3674 | png_set_compression_buffer_size(png_ptr, size); |
| 3675 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7a28724 | 2011-07-26 12:03:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3676 | As of libpng version 1.5.4, additional APIs became |
| 3677 | available to set these separately for non-IDAT |
| 3678 | compressed chunks such as zTXt, iTXt, and iCCP: |
| 3679 | |
| 3680 | #include zlib.h |
| 3681 | #if PNG_LIBPNG_VER <= 10504 |
| 3682 | png_set_text_compression_level(png_ptr, level); |
| 3683 | |
| 3684 | png_set_text_compression_mem_level(png_ptr, level); |
| 3685 | |
| 3686 | png_set_text_compression_strategy(png_ptr, |
| 3687 | strategy); |
| 3688 | |
| 3689 | png_set_text_compression_window_bits(png_ptr, |
| 3690 | window_bits); |
| 3691 | |
| 3692 | png_set_text_compression_method(png_ptr, method); |
| 3693 | #endif |
| 3694 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3695 | Controlling row filtering |
| 3696 | |
| 3697 | If you want to control whether libpng uses filtering or not, which |
| 3698 | filters are used, and how it goes about picking row filters, you |
| 3699 | can call one of these functions. The selection and configuration |
| 3700 | of row filters can have a significant impact on the size and |
| 3701 | encoding speed and a somewhat lesser impact on the decoding speed |
| 3702 | of an image. Filtering is enabled by default for RGB and grayscale |
| 3703 | images (with and without alpha), but not for paletted images nor |
| 3704 | for any images with bit depths less than 8 bits/pixel. |
| 3705 | |
| 3706 | The 'method' parameter sets the main filtering method, which is |
| 3707 | currently only '0' in the PNG 1.2 specification. The 'filters' |
| 3708 | parameter sets which filter(s), if any, should be used for each |
| 3709 | scanline. Possible values are PNG_ALL_FILTERS and PNG_NO_FILTERS |
| 3710 | to turn filtering on and off, respectively. |
| 3711 | |
| 3712 | Individual filter types are PNG_FILTER_NONE, PNG_FILTER_SUB, |
| 3713 | PNG_FILTER_UP, PNG_FILTER_AVG, PNG_FILTER_PAETH, which can be bitwise |
| 3714 | ORed together with '|' to specify one or more filters to use. |
| 3715 | These filters are described in more detail in the PNG specification. |
| 3716 | If you intend to change the filter type during the course of writing |
| 3717 | the image, you should start with flags set for all of the filters |
| 3718 | you intend to use so that libpng can initialize its internal |
| 3719 | structures appropriately for all of the filter types. (Note that this |
| 3720 | means the first row must always be adaptively filtered, because libpng |
| 3721 | currently does not allocate the filter buffers until png_write_row() |
| 3722 | is called for the first time.) |
| 3723 | |
| 3724 | filters = PNG_FILTER_NONE | PNG_FILTER_SUB |
| 3725 | PNG_FILTER_UP | PNG_FILTER_AVG | |
| 3726 | PNG_FILTER_PAETH | PNG_ALL_FILTERS; |
| 3727 | |
| 3728 | png_set_filter(png_ptr, PNG_FILTER_TYPE_BASE, |
| 3729 | filters); |
| 3730 | The second parameter can also be |
| 3731 | PNG_INTRAPIXEL_DIFFERENCING if you are |
| 3732 | writing a PNG to be embedded in a MNG |
| 3733 | datastream. This parameter must be the |
| 3734 | same as the value of filter_method used |
| 3735 | in png_set_IHDR(). |
| 3736 | |
| 3737 | It is also possible to influence how libpng chooses from among the |
| 3738 | available filters. This is done in one or both of two ways - by |
| 3739 | telling it how important it is to keep the same filter for successive |
| 3740 | rows, and by telling it the relative computational costs of the filters. |
| 3741 | |
| 3742 | double weights[3] = {1.5, 1.3, 1.1}, |
| 3743 | costs[PNG_FILTER_VALUE_LAST] = |
| 3744 | {1.0, 1.3, 1.3, 1.5, 1.7}; |
| 3745 | |
| 3746 | png_set_filter_heuristics(png_ptr, |
| 3747 | PNG_FILTER_HEURISTIC_WEIGHTED, 3, |
| 3748 | weights, costs); |
| 3749 | |
| 3750 | The weights are multiplying factors that indicate to libpng that the |
| 3751 | row filter should be the same for successive rows unless another row filter |
| 3752 | is that many times better than the previous filter. In the above example, |
| 3753 | if the previous 3 filters were SUB, SUB, NONE, the SUB filter could have a |
| 3754 | "sum of absolute differences" 1.5 x 1.3 times higher than other filters |
| 3755 | and still be chosen, while the NONE filter could have a sum 1.1 times |
| 3756 | higher than other filters and still be chosen. Unspecified weights are |
| 3757 | taken to be 1.0, and the specified weights should probably be declining |
| 3758 | like those above in order to emphasize recent filters over older filters. |
| 3759 | |
| 3760 | The filter costs specify for each filter type a relative decoding cost |
| 3761 | to be considered when selecting row filters. This means that filters |
| 3762 | with higher costs are less likely to be chosen over filters with lower |
| 3763 | costs, unless their "sum of absolute differences" is that much smaller. |
| 3764 | The costs do not necessarily reflect the exact computational speeds of |
| 3765 | the various filters, since this would unduly influence the final image |
| 3766 | size. |
| 3767 | |
| 3768 | Note that the numbers above were invented purely for this example and |
| 3769 | are given only to help explain the function usage. Little testing has |
| 3770 | been done to find optimum values for either the costs or the weights. |
| 3771 | |
| 3772 | Removing unwanted object code |
| 3773 | |
| 3774 | There are a bunch of #define's in pngconf.h that control what parts of |
| 3775 | libpng are compiled. All the defines end in _SUPPORTED. If you are |
| 3776 | never going to use a capability, you can change the #define to #undef |
| 3777 | before recompiling libpng and save yourself code and data space, or |
| 3778 | you can turn off individual capabilities with defines that begin with |
| 3779 | PNG_NO_. |
| 3780 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 3781 | In libpng-1.5.0 and later, the #define's are in pnglibconf.h instead. |
| 3782 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3783 | You can also turn all of the transforms and ancillary chunk capabilities |
| 3784 | off en masse with compiler directives that define |
| 3785 | PNG_NO_READ[or WRITE]_TRANSFORMS, or PNG_NO_READ[or WRITE]_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS, |
| 3786 | or all four, |
| 3787 | along with directives to turn on any of the capabilities that you do |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | f210a05 | 2009-11-12 10:02:24 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 3788 | want. The PNG_NO_READ[or WRITE]_TRANSFORMS directives disable the extra |
| 3789 | transformations but still leave the library fully capable of reading |
| 3790 | and writing PNG files with all known public chunks. Use of the |
| 3791 | PNG_NO_READ[or WRITE]_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS directive produces a library |
| 3792 | that is incapable of reading or writing ancillary chunks. If you are |
| 3793 | not using the progressive reading capability, you can turn that off |
| 3794 | with PNG_NO_PROGRESSIVE_READ (don't confuse this with the INTERLACING |
| 3795 | capability, which you'll still have). |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3796 | |
| 3797 | All the reading and writing specific code are in separate files, so the |
| 3798 | linker should only grab the files it needs. However, if you want to |
| 3799 | make sure, or if you are building a stand alone library, all the |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a5e5547 | 2011-07-12 10:13:32 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3800 | reading files start with "pngr" and all the writing files start with "pngw". |
| 3801 | The files that don't match either (like png.c, pngtrans.c, etc.) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3802 | are used for both reading and writing, and always need to be included. |
| 3803 | The progressive reader is in pngpread.c |
| 3804 | |
| 3805 | If you are creating or distributing a dynamically linked library (a .so |
| 3806 | or DLL file), you should not remove or disable any parts of the library, |
| 3807 | as this will cause applications linked with different versions of the |
| 3808 | library to fail if they call functions not available in your library. |
| 3809 | The size of the library itself should not be an issue, because only |
| 3810 | those sections that are actually used will be loaded into memory. |
| 3811 | |
| 3812 | Requesting debug printout |
| 3813 | |
| 3814 | The macro definition PNG_DEBUG can be used to request debugging |
| 3815 | printout. Set it to an integer value in the range 0 to 3. Higher |
| 3816 | numbers result in increasing amounts of debugging information. The |
| 3817 | information is printed to the "stderr" file, unless another file |
| 3818 | name is specified in the PNG_DEBUG_FILE macro definition. |
| 3819 | |
| 3820 | When PNG_DEBUG > 0, the following functions (macros) become available: |
| 3821 | |
| 3822 | png_debug(level, message) |
| 3823 | png_debug1(level, message, p1) |
| 3824 | png_debug2(level, message, p1, p2) |
| 3825 | |
| 3826 | in which "level" is compared to PNG_DEBUG to decide whether to print |
| 3827 | the message, "message" is the formatted string to be printed, |
| 3828 | and p1 and p2 are parameters that are to be embedded in the string |
| 3829 | according to printf-style formatting directives. For example, |
| 3830 | |
| 3831 | png_debug1(2, "foo=%d\n", foo); |
| 3832 | |
| 3833 | is expanded to |
| 3834 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 3835 | if (PNG_DEBUG > 2) |
| 3836 | fprintf(PNG_DEBUG_FILE, "foo=%d\n", foo); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3837 | |
| 3838 | When PNG_DEBUG is defined but is zero, the macros aren't defined, but you |
| 3839 | can still use PNG_DEBUG to control your own debugging: |
| 3840 | |
| 3841 | #ifdef PNG_DEBUG |
| 3842 | fprintf(stderr, ... |
| 3843 | #endif |
| 3844 | |
| 3845 | When PNG_DEBUG = 1, the macros are defined, but only png_debug statements |
| 3846 | having level = 0 will be printed. There aren't any such statements in |
| 3847 | this version of libpng, but if you insert some they will be printed. |
| 3848 | |
| 3849 | VI. MNG support |
| 3850 | |
| 3851 | The MNG specification (available at http://www.libpng.org/pub/mng) allows |
| 3852 | certain extensions to PNG for PNG images that are embedded in MNG datastreams. |
| 3853 | Libpng can support some of these extensions. To enable them, use the |
| 3854 | png_permit_mng_features() function: |
| 3855 | |
| 3856 | feature_set = png_permit_mng_features(png_ptr, mask) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 3857 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3858 | mask is a png_uint_32 containing the bitwise OR of the |
| 3859 | features you want to enable. These include |
| 3860 | PNG_FLAG_MNG_EMPTY_PLTE |
| 3861 | PNG_FLAG_MNG_FILTER_64 |
| 3862 | PNG_ALL_MNG_FEATURES |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 3863 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3864 | feature_set is a png_uint_32 that is the bitwise AND of |
| 3865 | your mask with the set of MNG features that is |
| 3866 | supported by the version of libpng that you are using. |
| 3867 | |
| 3868 | It is an error to use this function when reading or writing a standalone |
| 3869 | PNG file with the PNG 8-byte signature. The PNG datastream must be wrapped |
| 3870 | in a MNG datastream. As a minimum, it must have the MNG 8-byte signature |
| 3871 | and the MHDR and MEND chunks. Libpng does not provide support for these |
| 3872 | or any other MNG chunks; your application must provide its own support for |
| 3873 | them. You may wish to consider using libmng (available at |
| 3874 | http://www.libmng.com) instead. |
| 3875 | |
| 3876 | VII. Changes to Libpng from version 0.88 |
| 3877 | |
| 3878 | It should be noted that versions of libpng later than 0.96 are not |
| 3879 | distributed by the original libpng author, Guy Schalnat, nor by |
| 3880 | Andreas Dilger, who had taken over from Guy during 1996 and 1997, and |
| 3881 | distributed versions 0.89 through 0.96, but rather by another member |
| 3882 | of the original PNG Group, Glenn Randers-Pehrson. Guy and Andreas are |
| 3883 | still alive and well, but they have moved on to other things. |
| 3884 | |
| 3885 | The old libpng functions png_read_init(), png_write_init(), |
| 3886 | png_info_init(), png_read_destroy(), and png_write_destroy() have been |
| 3887 | moved to PNG_INTERNAL in version 0.95 to discourage their use. These |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 3888 | functions will be removed from libpng version 1.4.0. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3889 | |
| 3890 | The preferred method of creating and initializing the libpng structures is |
| 3891 | via the png_create_read_struct(), png_create_write_struct(), and |
| 3892 | png_create_info_struct() because they isolate the size of the structures |
| 3893 | from the application, allow version error checking, and also allow the |
| 3894 | use of custom error handling routines during the initialization, which |
| 3895 | the old functions do not. The functions png_read_destroy() and |
| 3896 | png_write_destroy() do not actually free the memory that libpng |
| 3897 | allocated for these structs, but just reset the data structures, so they |
| 3898 | can be used instead of png_destroy_read_struct() and |
| 3899 | png_destroy_write_struct() if you feel there is too much system overhead |
| 3900 | allocating and freeing the png_struct for each image read. |
| 3901 | |
| 3902 | Setting the error callbacks via png_set_message_fn() before |
| 3903 | png_read_init() as was suggested in libpng-0.88 is no longer supported |
| 3904 | because this caused applications that do not use custom error functions |
| 3905 | to fail if the png_ptr was not initialized to zero. It is still possible |
| 3906 | to set the error callbacks AFTER png_read_init(), or to change them with |
| 3907 | png_set_error_fn(), which is essentially the same function, but with a new |
| 3908 | name to force compilation errors with applications that try to use the old |
| 3909 | method. |
| 3910 | |
| 3911 | Starting with version 1.0.7, you can find out which version of the library |
| 3912 | you are using at run-time: |
| 3913 | |
| 3914 | png_uint_32 libpng_vn = png_access_version_number(); |
| 3915 | |
| 3916 | The number libpng_vn is constructed from the major version, minor |
| 3917 | version with leading zero, and release number with leading zero, |
| 3918 | (e.g., libpng_vn for version 1.0.7 is 10007). |
| 3919 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 95ba417 | 2011-09-08 12:21:42 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3920 | Note that this function does not take a png_ptr, so you can call it |
| 3921 | before you've created one. |
| 3922 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3923 | You can also check which version of png.h you used when compiling your |
| 3924 | application: |
| 3925 | |
| 3926 | png_uint_32 application_vn = PNG_LIBPNG_VER; |
| 3927 | |
| 3928 | VIII. Changes to Libpng from version 1.0.x to 1.2.x |
| 3929 | |
| 3930 | Support for user memory management was enabled by default. To |
| 3931 | accomplish this, the functions png_create_read_struct_2(), |
| 3932 | png_create_write_struct_2(), png_set_mem_fn(), png_get_mem_ptr(), |
| 3933 | png_malloc_default(), and png_free_default() were added. |
| 3934 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | d6ea40a | 2009-11-02 07:32:00 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 3935 | Support for the iTXt chunk has been enabled by default as of |
| 3936 | version 1.2.41. |
| 3937 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3938 | Support for certain MNG features was enabled. |
| 3939 | |
| 3940 | Support for numbered error messages was added. However, we never got |
| 3941 | around to actually numbering the error messages. The function |
| 3942 | png_set_strip_error_numbers() was added (Note: the prototype for this |
| 3943 | function was inadvertently removed from png.h in PNG_NO_ASSEMBLER_CODE |
| 3944 | builds of libpng-1.2.15. It was restored in libpng-1.2.36). |
| 3945 | |
| 3946 | The png_malloc_warn() function was added at libpng-1.2.3. This issues |
| 3947 | a png_warning and returns NULL instead of aborting when it fails to |
| 3948 | acquire the requested memory allocation. |
| 3949 | |
| 3950 | Support for setting user limits on image width and height was enabled |
| 3951 | by default. The functions png_set_user_limits(), png_get_user_width_max(), |
| 3952 | and png_get_user_height_max() were added at libpng-1.2.6. |
| 3953 | |
| 3954 | The png_set_add_alpha() function was added at libpng-1.2.7. |
| 3955 | |
| 3956 | The function png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8() was added at libpng-1.2.9. |
| 3957 | Unlike png_set_gray_1_2_4_to_8(), the new function does not expand the |
| 3958 | tRNS chunk to alpha. The png_set_gray_1_2_4_to_8() function is |
| 3959 | deprecated. |
| 3960 | |
| 3961 | A number of macro definitions in support of runtime selection of |
| 3962 | assembler code features (especially Intel MMX code support) were |
| 3963 | added at libpng-1.2.0: |
| 3964 | |
| 3965 | PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_SUPPORT_COMPILED |
| 3966 | PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_SUPPORT_IN_CPU |
| 3967 | PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_COMBINE_ROW |
| 3968 | PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_INTERLACE |
| 3969 | PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_FILTER_SUB |
| 3970 | PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_FILTER_UP |
| 3971 | PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_FILTER_AVG |
| 3972 | PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_FILTER_PAETH |
| 3973 | PNG_ASM_FLAGS_INITIALIZED |
| 3974 | PNG_MMX_READ_FLAGS |
| 3975 | PNG_MMX_FLAGS |
| 3976 | PNG_MMX_WRITE_FLAGS |
| 3977 | PNG_MMX_FLAGS |
| 3978 | |
| 3979 | We added the following functions in support of runtime |
| 3980 | selection of assembler code features: |
| 3981 | |
| 3982 | png_get_mmx_flagmask() |
| 3983 | png_set_mmx_thresholds() |
| 3984 | png_get_asm_flags() |
| 3985 | png_get_mmx_bitdepth_threshold() |
| 3986 | png_get_mmx_rowbytes_threshold() |
| 3987 | png_set_asm_flags() |
| 3988 | |
| 3989 | We replaced all of these functions with simple stubs in libpng-1.2.20, |
| 3990 | when the Intel assembler code was removed due to a licensing issue. |
| 3991 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 3d893a0 | 2009-08-31 13:32:46 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3992 | These macros are deprecated: |
| 3993 | |
| 3994 | PNG_READ_TRANSFORMS_NOT_SUPPORTED |
| 3995 | PNG_PROGRESSIVE_READ_NOT_SUPPORTED |
| 3996 | PNG_NO_SEQUENTIAL_READ_SUPPORTED |
| 3997 | PNG_WRITE_TRANSFORMS_NOT_SUPPORTED |
| 3998 | PNG_READ_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS_NOT_SUPPORTED |
| 3999 | PNG_WRITE_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS_NOT_SUPPORTED |
| 4000 | |
| 4001 | They have been replaced, respectively, by: |
| 4002 | |
| 4003 | PNG_NO_READ_TRANSFORMS |
| 4004 | PNG_NO_PROGRESSIVE_READ |
| 4005 | PNG_NO_SEQUENTIAL_READ |
| 4006 | PNG_NO_WRITE_TRANSFORMS |
| 4007 | PNG_NO_READ_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS |
| 4008 | PNG_NO_WRITE_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS |
| 4009 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4010 | PNG_MAX_UINT was replaced with PNG_UINT_31_MAX. It has been |
| 4011 | deprecated since libpng-1.0.16 and libpng-1.2.6. |
| 4012 | |
| 4013 | The function |
| 4014 | png_check_sig(sig, num) |
| 4015 | was replaced with |
| 4016 | !png_sig_cmp(sig, 0, num) |
| 4017 | It has been deprecated since libpng-0.90. |
| 4018 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4019 | The function |
| 4020 | png_set_gray_1_2_4_to_8() |
| 4021 | which also expands tRNS to alpha was replaced with |
| 4022 | png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8() |
| 4023 | which does not. It has been deprecated since libpng-1.0.18 and 1.2.9. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | e3f3c4e | 2010-02-07 18:08:50 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4024 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | d740c84 | 2009-11-04 19:01:54 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4025 | IX. Changes to Libpng from version 1.0.x/1.2.x to 1.4.x |
| 4026 | |
| 4027 | Private libpng prototypes and macro definitions were moved from |
| 4028 | png.h and pngconf.h into a new pngpriv.h header file. |
| 4029 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4030 | Functions png_set_benign_errors(), png_benign_error(), and |
| 4031 | png_chunk_benign_error() were added. |
| 4032 | |
| 4033 | Support for setting the maximum amount of memory that the application |
| 4034 | will allocate for reading chunks was added, as a security measure. |
| 4035 | The functions png_set_chunk_cache_max() and png_get_chunk_cache_max() |
| 4036 | were added to the library. |
| 4037 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | f210a05 | 2009-11-12 10:02:24 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4038 | We implemented support for I/O states by adding png_ptr member io_state |
| 4039 | and functions png_get_io_chunk_name() and png_get_io_state() in pngget.c |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4040 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4f25bf3 | 2009-10-29 23:34:44 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4041 | We added PNG_TRANSFORM_GRAY_TO_RGB to the available high-level |
| 4042 | input transforms. |
| 4043 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4f25bf3 | 2009-10-29 23:34:44 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4044 | Checking for and reporting of errors in the IHDR chunk is more thorough. |
| 4045 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 45af819 | 2009-12-30 08:37:29 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4046 | Support for global arrays was removed, to improve thread safety. |
| 4047 | |
| 4048 | Some obsolete/deprecated macros and functions have been removed. |
| 4049 | |
| 4050 | Typecasted NULL definitions such as |
| 4051 | #define png_voidp_NULL (png_voidp)NULL |
| 4052 | were eliminated. If you used these in your application, just use |
| 4053 | NULL instead. |
| 4054 | |
| 4055 | The png_struct and info_struct members "trans" and "trans_values" were |
| 4056 | changed to "trans_alpha" and "trans_color", respectively. |
| 4057 | |
| 4058 | The obsolete, unused pnggccrd.c and pngvcrd.c files and related makefiles |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | e3f3c4e | 2010-02-07 18:08:50 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4059 | were removed. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 45af819 | 2009-12-30 08:37:29 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4060 | |
| 4061 | The PNG_1_0_X and PNG_1_2_X macros were eliminated. |
| 4062 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4f25bf3 | 2009-10-29 23:34:44 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4063 | The PNG_LEGACY_SUPPORTED macro was eliminated. |
| 4064 | |
| 4065 | Many WIN32_WCE #ifdefs were removed. |
| 4066 | |
| 4067 | The functions png_read_init(info_ptr), png_write_init(info_ptr), |
| 4068 | png_info_init(info_ptr), png_read_destroy(), and png_write_destroy() |
| 4069 | have been removed. They have been deprecated since libpng-0.95. |
| 4070 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4071 | The png_permit_empty_plte() was removed. It has been deprecated |
| 4072 | since libpng-1.0.9. Use png_permit_mng_features() instead. |
| 4073 | |
| 4074 | We removed the obsolete stub functions png_get_mmx_flagmask(), |
| 4075 | png_set_mmx_thresholds(), png_get_asm_flags(), |
| 4076 | png_get_mmx_bitdepth_threshold(), png_get_mmx_rowbytes_threshold(), |
| 4077 | png_set_asm_flags(), and png_mmx_supported() |
| 4078 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 45af819 | 2009-12-30 08:37:29 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4079 | We removed the obsolete png_check_sig(), png_memcpy_check(), and |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 2be8b64 | 2010-07-29 19:09:18 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4080 | png_memset_check() functions. Instead use !png_sig_cmp(), memcpy(), |
| 4081 | and memset(), respectively. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4082 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | e3f3c4e | 2010-02-07 18:08:50 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4083 | The function png_set_gray_1_2_4_to_8() was removed. It has been |
| 4084 | deprecated since libpng-1.0.18 and 1.2.9, when it was replaced with |
| 4085 | png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8() because the former function also |
John Bowler | 63d059a | 2011-02-12 09:03:44 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4086 | expanded any tRNS chunk to an alpha channel. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | e3f3c4e | 2010-02-07 18:08:50 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4087 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5b40b01 | 2010-11-25 07:16:29 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4088 | Macros for png_get_uint_16, png_get_uint_32, and png_get_int_32 |
| 4089 | were added and are used by default instead of the corresponding |
| 4090 | functions. Unfortunately, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | c36bb79 | 2011-02-12 09:49:07 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4091 | from libpng-1.4.0 until 1.4.4, the png_get_uint_16 macro (but not the |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5b40b01 | 2010-11-25 07:16:29 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4092 | function) incorrectly returned a value of type png_uint_32. |
| 4093 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4094 | We changed the prototype for png_malloc() from |
| 4095 | png_malloc(png_structp png_ptr, png_uint_32 size) |
| 4096 | to |
| 4097 | png_malloc(png_structp png_ptr, png_alloc_size_t size) |
| 4098 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | e3f3c4e | 2010-02-07 18:08:50 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4099 | This also applies to the prototype for the user replacement malloc_fn(). |
| 4100 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 45af819 | 2009-12-30 08:37:29 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4101 | The png_calloc() function was added and is used in place of |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 2be8b64 | 2010-07-29 19:09:18 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4102 | of "png_malloc(); memset();" except in the case in png_read_png() |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 45af819 | 2009-12-30 08:37:29 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4103 | where the array consists of pointers; in this case a "for" loop is used |
| 4104 | after the png_malloc() to set the pointers to NULL, to give robust. |
| 4105 | behavior in case the application runs out of memory part-way through |
| 4106 | the process. |
| 4107 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4108 | We changed the prototypes of png_get_compression_buffer_size() and |
| 4109 | png_set_compression_buffer_size() to work with png_size_t instead of |
| 4110 | png_uint_32. |
| 4111 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 45af819 | 2009-12-30 08:37:29 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4112 | Support for numbered error messages was removed by default, since we |
| 4113 | never got around to actually numbering the error messages. The function |
| 4114 | png_set_strip_error_numbers() was removed from the library by default. |
| 4115 | |
| 4116 | The png_zalloc() and png_zfree() functions are no longer exported. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4117 | The png_zalloc() function no longer zeroes out the memory that it |
| 4118 | allocates. |
| 4119 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 3cd7cff | 2010-04-16 19:27:08 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4120 | Support for dithering was disabled by default in libpng-1.4.0, because |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 9f1cd70 | 2011-04-16 19:40:23 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4121 | it has not been well tested and doesn't actually "dither". |
| 4122 | The code was not |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 3cd7cff | 2010-04-16 19:27:08 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4123 | removed, however, and could be enabled by building libpng with |
| 4124 | PNG_READ_DITHER_SUPPORTED defined. In libpng-1.4.2, this support |
| 4125 | was reenabled, but the function was renamed png_set_quantize() to |
| 4126 | reflect more accurately what it actually does. At the same time, |
| 4127 | the PNG_DITHER_[RED,GREEN_BLUE]_BITS macros were also renamed to |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4128 | PNG_QUANTIZE_[RED,GREEN,BLUE]_BITS, and PNG_READ_DITHER_SUPPORTED |
| 4129 | was renamed to PNG_READ_QUANTIZE_SUPPORTED. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 6098807 | 2010-04-13 22:11:06 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4130 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4131 | We removed the trailing '.' from the warning and error messages. |
| 4132 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5b40b01 | 2010-11-25 07:16:29 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4133 | X. Changes to Libpng from version 1.4.x to 1.5.x |
| 4134 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | c36bb79 | 2011-02-12 09:49:07 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4135 | From libpng-1.4.0 until 1.4.4, the png_get_uint_16 macro (but not the |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5b40b01 | 2010-11-25 07:16:29 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4136 | function) incorrectly returned a value of type png_uint_32. |
| 4137 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 49a56e7 | 2010-12-06 20:06:01 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4138 | A. Changes that affect users of libpng |
| 4139 | |
| 4140 | There are no substantial API changes between the non-deprecated parts of |
| 4141 | the 1.4.5 API and the 1.5.0 API, however the ability to directly access |
| 4142 | the main libpng control structures, png_struct and png_info, deprecated |
| 4143 | in earlier versions of libpng, has been completely removed from |
| 4144 | libpng 1.5. |
| 4145 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 00879b1 | 2011-01-15 19:25:34 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4146 | We no longer include zlib.h in png.h. Applications that need access |
| 4147 | to information in zlib.h will need to add the '#include "zlib.h"' |
| 4148 | directive. It does not matter whether it is placed prior to or after |
| 4149 | the '"#include png.h"' directive. |
| 4150 | |
| 4151 | We moved the png_strcpy(), png_strncpy(), png_strlen(), png_memcpy(), |
| 4152 | png_memcmp(), png_sprintf, and png_memcpy() macros into a private |
| 4153 | header file (pngpriv.h) that is not accessible to applications. |
| 4154 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 9d23b40 | 2011-01-08 10:42:01 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4155 | In png_get_iCCP, the type of "profile" was changed from png_charpp |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4156 | to png_bytepp, and in png_set_iCCP, from png_charp to png_const_bytep. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 9d23b40 | 2011-01-08 10:42:01 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4157 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 49a56e7 | 2010-12-06 20:06:01 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4158 | There are changes of form in png.h, including new and changed macros to |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 95ba417 | 2011-09-08 12:21:42 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4159 | declare parts of the API. Some API functions with arguments that are |
| 4160 | pointers to data not modified within the function have been corrected to |
| 4161 | declare these arguments with PNG_CONST. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 49a56e7 | 2010-12-06 20:06:01 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4162 | |
| 4163 | Much of the internal use of C macros to control the library build has also |
| 4164 | changed and some of this is visible in the exported header files, in |
| 4165 | particular the use of macros to control data and API elements visible |
| 4166 | during application compilation may require significant revision to |
| 4167 | application code. (It is extremely rare for an application to do this.) |
| 4168 | |
| 4169 | Any program that compiled against libpng 1.4 and did not use deprecated |
| 4170 | features or access internal library structures should compile and work |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | d08b6bd | 2011-02-19 15:50:17 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4171 | against libpng 1.5, except for the change in the prototype for |
| 4172 | png_get_iCCP() and png_set_iCCP() API functions mentioned above. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 49a56e7 | 2010-12-06 20:06:01 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4173 | |
John Bowler | 660c6e4 | 2010-12-19 06:22:23 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4174 | libpng 1.5.0 adds PNG_ PASS macros to help in the reading and writing of |
| 4175 | interlaced images. The macros return the number of rows and columns in |
| 4176 | each pass and information that can be used to de-interlace and (if |
| 4177 | absolutely necessary) interlace an image. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 49a56e7 | 2010-12-06 20:06:01 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4178 | |
| 4179 | libpng 1.5.0 adds an API png_longjmp(png_ptr, value). This API calls |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | d08b6bd | 2011-02-19 15:50:17 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4180 | the application-provided png_longjmp_ptr on the internal, but application |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 33ced44 | 2011-04-27 14:58:06 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4181 | initialized, longjmp buffer. It is provided as a convenience to avoid |
| 4182 | the need to use the png_jmpbuf macro, which had the unnecessary side |
| 4183 | effect of resetting the internal png_longjmp_ptr value. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 49a56e7 | 2010-12-06 20:06:01 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4184 | |
| 4185 | libpng 1.5.0 includes a complete fixed point API. By default this is |
| 4186 | present along with the corresponding floating point API. In general the |
| 4187 | fixed point API is faster and smaller than the floating point one because |
| 4188 | the PNG file format used fixed point, not floating point. This applies |
| 4189 | even if the library uses floating point in internal calculations. A new |
| 4190 | macro, PNG_FLOATING_ARITHMETIC_SUPPORTED, reveals whether the library |
| 4191 | uses floating point arithmetic (the default) or fixed point arithmetic |
| 4192 | internally for performance critical calculations such as gamma correction. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 00879b1 | 2011-01-15 19:25:34 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4193 | In some cases, the gamma calculations may produce slightly different |
| 4194 | results. This has changed the results in png_rgb_to_gray and in alpha |
| 4195 | composition (png_set_background for example). This applies even if the |
| 4196 | original image was already linear (gamma == 1.0) and, therefore, it is |
| 4197 | not necessary to linearize the image. This is because libpng has *not* |
| 4198 | been changed to optimize that case correctly, yet. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 49a56e7 | 2010-12-06 20:06:01 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4199 | |
| 4200 | Fixed point support for the sCAL chunk comes with an important caveat; |
| 4201 | the sCAL specification uses a decimal encoding of floating point values |
| 4202 | and the accuracy of PNG fixed point values is insufficient for |
| 4203 | representation of these values. Consequently a "string" API |
| 4204 | (png_get_sCAL_s and png_set_sCAL_s) is the only reliable way of reading |
| 4205 | arbitrary sCAL chunks in the absence of either the floating point API or |
| 4206 | internal floating point calculations. |
| 4207 | |
| 4208 | Applications no longer need to include the optional distribution header |
| 4209 | file pngusr.h or define the corresponding macros during application |
| 4210 | build in order to see the correct variant of the libpng API. From 1.5.0 |
| 4211 | application code can check for the corresponding _SUPPORTED macro: |
| 4212 | |
| 4213 | #ifdef PNG_INCH_CONVERSIONS_SUPPORTED |
| 4214 | /* code that uses the inch conversion APIs. */ |
| 4215 | #endif |
| 4216 | |
| 4217 | This macro will only be defined if the inch conversion functions have been |
| 4218 | compiled into libpng. The full set of macros, and whether or not support |
| 4219 | has been compiled in, are available in the header file pnglibconf.h. |
| 4220 | This header file is specific to the libpng build. Notice that prior to |
| 4221 | 1.5.0 the _SUPPORTED macros would always have the default definition unless |
| 4222 | reset by pngusr.h or by explicit settings on the compiler command line. |
| 4223 | These settings may produce compiler warnings or errors in 1.5.0 because |
| 4224 | of macro redefinition. |
| 4225 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | c36bb79 | 2011-02-12 09:49:07 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4226 | From libpng-1.4.0 until 1.4.4, the png_get_uint_16 macro (but not the |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 49a56e7 | 2010-12-06 20:06:01 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4227 | function) incorrectly returned a value of type png_uint_32. libpng 1.5.0 |
| 4228 | is consistent with the implementation in 1.4.5 and 1.2.x (where the macro |
| 4229 | did not exist.) |
| 4230 | |
| 4231 | Applications can now choose whether to use these macros or to call the |
| 4232 | corresponding function by defining PNG_USE_READ_MACROS or |
| 4233 | PNG_NO_USE_READ_MACROS before including png.h. Notice that this is |
| 4234 | only supported from 1.5.0 -defining PNG_NO_USE_READ_MACROS prior to 1.5.0 |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 95ba417 | 2011-09-08 12:21:42 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4235 | will lead to a link failure. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 59fa3e9 | 2011-01-06 07:07:06 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4236 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 733b131 | 2011-06-15 13:21:01 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4237 | Prior to libpng-1.5.4, the zlib compressor used the same set of parameters |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 8eb8833 | 2011-04-01 00:16:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4238 | when compressing the IDAT data and textual data such as zTXt and iCCP. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 733b131 | 2011-06-15 13:21:01 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4239 | In libpng-1.5.4 we reinitialized the zlib stream for each type of data. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 8eb8833 | 2011-04-01 00:16:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4240 | We added five png_set_text_*() functions for setting the parameters to |
| 4241 | use with textual data. |
| 4242 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 733b131 | 2011-06-15 13:21:01 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4243 | Prior to libpng-1.5.4, the PNG_READ_16_TO_8_ACCURATE_SCALE_SUPPORTED |
John Bowler | b2bee33 | 2011-06-10 23:24:58 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4244 | option was off by default, and slightly inaccurate scaling occurred. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | fb29e51 | 2011-06-17 20:38:24 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4245 | This option can no longer be turned off, and the choice of accurate |
| 4246 | or inaccurate 16-to-8 scaling is by using the new png_set_scale_16_to_8() |
| 4247 | API for accurate scaling or the old png_set_strip_16_to_8() API for simple |
| 4248 | chopping. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 0cb906d | 2011-06-11 14:22:22 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4249 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 733b131 | 2011-06-15 13:21:01 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4250 | Prior to libpng-1.5.4, the png_set_user_limits() function could only be |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 0cb906d | 2011-06-11 14:22:22 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4251 | used to reduce the width and height limits from the value of |
| 4252 | PNG_USER_WIDTH_MAX and PNG_USER_HEIGHT_MAX, although this document said |
| 4253 | that it could be used to override them. Now this function will reduce or |
| 4254 | increase the limits. |
John Bowler | b2bee33 | 2011-06-10 23:24:58 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4255 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 49a56e7 | 2010-12-06 20:06:01 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4256 | B. Changes to the build and configuration of libpng |
| 4257 | |
| 4258 | Details of internal changes to the library code can be found in the CHANGES |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a5e5547 | 2011-07-12 10:13:32 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4259 | file and in the GIT repository logs. These will be of no concern to the vast |
| 4260 | majority of library users or builders, however the few who configure libpng |
| 4261 | to a non-default feature set may need to change how this is done. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 49a56e7 | 2010-12-06 20:06:01 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4262 | |
| 4263 | There should be no need for library builders to alter build scripts if |
| 4264 | these use the distributed build support - configure or the makefiles - |
| 4265 | however users of the makefiles may care to update their build scripts |
| 4266 | to build pnglibconf.h where the corresponding makefile does not do so. |
| 4267 | |
| 4268 | Building libpng with a non-default configuration has changed completely. |
| 4269 | The old method using pngusr.h should still work correctly even though the |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a5e5547 | 2011-07-12 10:13:32 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4270 | way pngusr.h is used in the build has been changed; however, library |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 49a56e7 | 2010-12-06 20:06:01 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4271 | builders will probably want to examine the changes to take advantage of |
| 4272 | new capabilities and to simplify their build system. |
| 4273 | |
| 4274 | B.1 Specific changes to library configuration capabilities |
| 4275 | |
| 4276 | The library now supports a complete fixed point implementation and can |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a5e5547 | 2011-07-12 10:13:32 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4277 | thus be used on systems that have no floating point support or very |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 49a56e7 | 2010-12-06 20:06:01 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4278 | limited or slow support. Previously gamma correction, an essential part |
| 4279 | of complete PNG support, required reasonably fast floating point. |
| 4280 | |
| 4281 | As part of this the choice of internal implementation has been made |
| 4282 | independent of the choice of fixed versus floating point APIs and all the |
| 4283 | missing fixed point APIs have been implemented. |
| 4284 | |
| 4285 | The exact mechanism used to control attributes of API functions has |
| 4286 | changed. A single set of operating system independent macro definitions |
| 4287 | is used and operating system specific directives are defined in |
| 4288 | pnglibconf.h |
| 4289 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4290 | As part of this the mechanism used to choose procedure call standards on |
| 4291 | those systems that allow a choice has been changed. At present this only |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 49a56e7 | 2010-12-06 20:06:01 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4292 | affects certain Microsoft (DOS, Windows) and IBM (OS/2) operating systems |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a5e5547 | 2011-07-12 10:13:32 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4293 | running on Intel processors. As before, PNGAPI is defined where required |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 49a56e7 | 2010-12-06 20:06:01 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4294 | to control the exported API functions; however, two new macros, PNGCBAPI |
| 4295 | and PNGCAPI, are used instead for callback functions (PNGCBAPI) and |
| 4296 | (PNGCAPI) for functions that must match a C library prototype (currently |
| 4297 | only png_longjmp_ptr, which must match the C longjmp function.) The new |
| 4298 | approach is documented in pngconf.h |
| 4299 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a5e5547 | 2011-07-12 10:13:32 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4300 | Despite these changes, libpng 1.5.0 only supports the native C function |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 49a56e7 | 2010-12-06 20:06:01 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4301 | calling standard on those platforms tested so far (__cdecl on Microsoft |
| 4302 | Windows). This is because the support requirements for alternative |
| 4303 | calling conventions seem to no longer exist. Developers who find it |
| 4304 | necessary to set PNG_API_RULE to 1 should advise the mailing list |
| 4305 | (png-mng-implement) of this and library builders who use Openwatcom and |
| 4306 | therefore set PNG_API_RULE to 2 should also contact the mailing list. |
| 4307 | |
| 4308 | A new test program, pngvalid, is provided in addition to pngtest. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4309 | pngvalid validates the arithmetic accuracy of the gamma correction |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 49a56e7 | 2010-12-06 20:06:01 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4310 | calculations and includes a number of validations of the file format. |
| 4311 | A subset of the full range of tests is run when "make check" is done |
| 4312 | (in the 'configure' build.) pngvalid also allows total allocated memory |
| 4313 | usage to be evaluated and performs additional memory overwrite validation. |
| 4314 | |
| 4315 | Many changes to individual feature macros have been made. The following |
| 4316 | are the changes most likely to be noticed by library builders who |
| 4317 | configure libpng: |
| 4318 | |
| 4319 | 1) All feature macros now have consistent naming: |
| 4320 | |
| 4321 | #define PNG_NO_feature turns the feature off |
| 4322 | #define PNG_feature_SUPPORTED turns the feature on |
| 4323 | |
| 4324 | pnglibconf.h contains one line for each feature macro which is either: |
| 4325 | |
| 4326 | #define PNG_feature_SUPPORTED |
| 4327 | |
| 4328 | if the feature is supported or: |
| 4329 | |
| 4330 | /*#undef PNG_feature_SUPPORTED*/ |
| 4331 | |
| 4332 | if it is not. Library code consistently checks for the 'SUPPORTED' macro. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | d0797f5 | 2011-07-12 10:28:02 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4333 | It does not, and libpng applications should not, check for the 'NO' macro |
| 4334 | which will not normally be defined even if the feature is not supported. |
| 4335 | The 'NO' macros are only used internally for setting or not setting the |
| 4336 | corresponding 'SUPPORTED' macros. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 49a56e7 | 2010-12-06 20:06:01 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4337 | |
| 4338 | Compatibility with the old names is provided as follows: |
| 4339 | |
| 4340 | PNG_INCH_CONVERSIONS turns on PNG_INCH_CONVERSIONS_SUPPORTED |
| 4341 | |
| 4342 | And the following definitions disable the corresponding feature: |
| 4343 | |
| 4344 | PNG_SETJMP_NOT_SUPPORTED disables SETJMP |
| 4345 | PNG_READ_TRANSFORMS_NOT_SUPPORTED disables READ_TRANSFORMS |
| 4346 | PNG_NO_READ_COMPOSITED_NODIV disables READ_COMPOSITE_NODIV |
| 4347 | PNG_WRITE_TRANSFORMS_NOT_SUPPORTED disables WRITE_TRANSFORMS |
| 4348 | PNG_READ_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS_NOT_SUPPORTED disables READ_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS |
| 4349 | PNG_WRITE_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS_NOT_SUPPORTED disables WRITE_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS |
| 4350 | |
| 4351 | Library builders should remove use of the above, inconsistent, names. |
| 4352 | |
| 4353 | 2) Warning and error message formatting was previously conditional on |
| 4354 | the STDIO feature. The library has been changed to use the |
| 4355 | CONSOLE_IO feature instead. This means that if CONSOLE_IO is disabled |
| 4356 | the library no longer uses the printf(3) functions, even though the |
| 4357 | default read/write implementations use (FILE) style stdio.h functions. |
| 4358 | |
| 4359 | 3) Three feature macros now control the fixed/floating point decisions: |
| 4360 | |
| 4361 | PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED enables the floating point APIs |
| 4362 | |
| 4363 | PNG_FIXED_POINT_SUPPORTED enables the fixed point APIs; however, in |
| 4364 | practice these are normally required internally anyway (because the PNG |
| 4365 | file format is fixed point), therefore in most cases PNG_NO_FIXED_POINT |
| 4366 | merely stops the function from being exported. |
| 4367 | |
| 4368 | PNG_FLOATING_ARITHMETIC_SUPPORTED chooses between the internal floating |
| 4369 | point implementation or the fixed point one. Typically the fixed point |
| 4370 | implementation is larger and slower than the floating point implementation |
| 4371 | on a system that supports floating point, however it may be faster on a |
| 4372 | system which lacks floating point hardware and therefore uses a software |
| 4373 | emulation. |
| 4374 | |
| 4375 | 4) Added PNG_{READ,WRITE}_INT_FUNCTIONS_SUPPORTED. This allows the |
| 4376 | functions to read and write ints to be disabled independently of |
| 4377 | PNG_USE_READ_MACROS, which allows libpng to be built with the functions |
| 4378 | even though the default is to use the macros - this allows applications |
| 4379 | to choose at app buildtime whether or not to use macros (previously |
| 4380 | impossible because the functions weren't in the default build.) |
| 4381 | |
| 4382 | B.2 Changes to the configuration mechanism |
| 4383 | |
| 4384 | Prior to libpng-1.5.0 library builders who needed to configure libpng |
| 4385 | had either to modify the exported pngconf.h header file to add system |
| 4386 | specific configuration or had to write feature selection macros into |
| 4387 | pngusr.h and cause this to be included into pngconf.h by defining |
| 4388 | PNG_USER_CONFIG. The latter mechanism had the disadvantage that an |
| 4389 | application built without PNG_USER_CONFIG defined would see the |
| 4390 | unmodified, default, libpng API and thus would probably fail to link. |
| 4391 | |
| 4392 | These mechanisms still work in the configure build and in any makefile |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a5e5547 | 2011-07-12 10:13:32 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4393 | build that builds pnglibconf.h, although the feature selection macros |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4394 | have changed somewhat as described above. In 1.5.0, however, pngusr.h is |
| 4395 | processed only once, when the exported header file pnglibconf.h is built. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a5e5547 | 2011-07-12 10:13:32 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4396 | pngconf.h no longer includes pngusr.h, therefore pngusr.h is ignored after the |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 49a56e7 | 2010-12-06 20:06:01 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4397 | build of pnglibconf.h and it is never included in an application build. |
| 4398 | |
| 4399 | The rarely used alternative of adding a list of feature macros to the |
| 4400 | CFLAGS setting in the build also still works, however the macros will be |
| 4401 | copied to pnglibconf.h and this may produce macro redefinition warnings |
| 4402 | when the individual C files are compiled. |
| 4403 | |
| 4404 | All configuration now only works if pnglibconf.h is built from |
| 4405 | scripts/pnglibconf.dfa. This requires the program awk. Brian Kernighan |
| 4406 | (the original author of awk) maintains C source code of that awk and this |
| 4407 | and all known later implementations (often called by subtly different |
| 4408 | names - nawk and gawk for example) are adequate to build pnglibconf.h. |
| 4409 | The Sun Microsystems (now Oracle) program 'awk' is an earlier version |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a5e5547 | 2011-07-12 10:13:32 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4410 | and does not work; this may also apply to other systems that have a |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 49a56e7 | 2010-12-06 20:06:01 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4411 | functioning awk called 'nawk'. |
| 4412 | |
| 4413 | Configuration options are now documented in scripts/pnglibconf.dfa. This |
| 4414 | file also includes dependency information that ensures a configuration is |
| 4415 | consistent; that is, if a feature is switched off dependent features are |
| 4416 | also removed. As a recommended alternative to using feature macros in |
| 4417 | pngusr.h a system builder may also define equivalent options in pngusr.dfa |
| 4418 | (or, indeed, any file) and add that to the configuration by setting |
| 4419 | DFA_XTRA to the file name. The makefiles in contrib/pngminim illustrate |
| 4420 | how to do this, and a case where pngusr.h is still required. |
| 4421 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5b40b01 | 2010-11-25 07:16:29 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4422 | XI. Detecting libpng |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 37e7e0b | 2009-06-02 13:46:41 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4423 | |
| 4424 | The png_get_io_ptr() function has been present since libpng-0.88, has never |
| 4425 | changed, and is unaffected by conditional compilation macros. It is the |
| 4426 | best choice for use in configure scripts for detecting the presence of any |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 99708d5 | 2009-06-29 17:30:00 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4427 | libpng version since 0.88. In an autoconf "configure.in" you could use |
| 4428 | |
| 4429 | AC_CHECK_LIB(png, png_get_io_ptr, ... |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 37e7e0b | 2009-06-02 13:46:41 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4430 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5b40b01 | 2010-11-25 07:16:29 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4431 | XII. Source code repository |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | b1c0d33 | 2009-05-15 20:39:34 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4432 | |
| 4433 | Since about February 2009, version 1.2.34, libpng has been under "git" source |
| 4434 | control. The git repository was built from old libpng-x.y.z.tar.gz files |
| 4435 | going back to version 0.70. You can access the git repository (read only) |
| 4436 | at |
| 4437 | |
| 4438 | git://libpng.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/libpng |
| 4439 | |
| 4440 | or you can browse it via "gitweb" at |
| 4441 | |
| 4442 | http://libpng.git.sourceforge.net/git/gitweb.cgi?p=libpng |
| 4443 | |
| 4444 | Patches can be sent to glennrp at users.sourceforge.net or to |
| 4445 | png-mng-implement at lists.sourceforge.net or you can upload them to |
| 4446 | the libpng bug tracker at |
| 4447 | |
| 4448 | http://libpng.sourceforge.net |
| 4449 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4450 | We also accept patches built from the tar or zip distributions, and |
| 4451 | simple verbal discriptions of bug fixes, reported either to the |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a5e5547 | 2011-07-12 10:13:32 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4452 | SourceForge bug tracker, to the png-mng-implement at lists.sf.net |
| 4453 | mailing list, or directly to glennrp. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7bc2501 | 2011-01-21 23:29:09 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4454 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5b40b01 | 2010-11-25 07:16:29 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4455 | XIII. Coding style |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | b1c0d33 | 2009-05-15 20:39:34 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4456 | |
| 4457 | Our coding style is similar to the "Allman" style, with curly |
| 4458 | braces on separate lines: |
| 4459 | |
| 4460 | if (condition) |
| 4461 | { |
| 4462 | action; |
| 4463 | } |
| 4464 | |
| 4465 | else if (another condition) |
| 4466 | { |
| 4467 | another action; |
| 4468 | } |
| 4469 | |
| 4470 | The braces can be omitted from simple one-line actions: |
| 4471 | |
| 4472 | if (condition) |
| 4473 | return (0); |
| 4474 | |
| 4475 | We use 3-space indentation, except for continued statements which |
| 4476 | are usually indented the same as the first line of the statement |
| 4477 | plus four more spaces. |
| 4478 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 6076da8 | 2009-09-30 12:28:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4479 | For macro definitions we use 2-space indentation, always leaving the "#" |
| 4480 | in the first column. |
| 4481 | |
| 4482 | #ifndef PNG_NO_FEATURE |
| 4483 | # ifndef PNG_FEATURE_SUPPORTED |
| 4484 | # define PNG_FEATURE_SUPPORTED |
| 4485 | # endif |
| 4486 | #endif |
| 4487 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | b1c0d33 | 2009-05-15 20:39:34 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4488 | Comments appear with the leading "/*" at the same indentation as |
| 4489 | the statement that follows the comment: |
| 4490 | |
| 4491 | /* Single-line comment */ |
| 4492 | statement; |
| 4493 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | e4c706a | 2010-03-06 14:51:54 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4494 | /* This is a multiple-line |
| 4495 | * comment. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | b1c0d33 | 2009-05-15 20:39:34 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4496 | */ |
| 4497 | statement; |
| 4498 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | e4c706a | 2010-03-06 14:51:54 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4499 | Very short comments can be placed after the end of the statement |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | b1c0d33 | 2009-05-15 20:39:34 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4500 | to which they pertain: |
| 4501 | |
| 4502 | statement; /* comment */ |
| 4503 | |
| 4504 | We don't use C++ style ("//") comments. We have, however, |
| 4505 | used them in the past in some now-abandoned MMX assembler |
| 4506 | code. |
| 4507 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 9dcde09 | 2009-06-08 08:31:59 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4508 | Functions and their curly braces are not indented, and |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | b1c0d33 | 2009-05-15 20:39:34 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4509 | exported functions are marked with PNGAPI: |
| 4510 | |
| 4511 | /* This is a public function that is visible to |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 49a56e7 | 2010-12-06 20:06:01 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4512 | * application programmers. It does thus-and-so. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | b1c0d33 | 2009-05-15 20:39:34 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4513 | */ |
| 4514 | void PNGAPI |
| 4515 | png_exported_function(png_ptr, png_info, foo) |
| 4516 | { |
| 4517 | body; |
| 4518 | } |
| 4519 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 416976f | 2009-07-27 22:16:09 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4520 | The prototypes for all exported functions appear in png.h, |
| 4521 | above the comment that says |
| 4522 | |
| 4523 | /* Maintainer: Put new public prototypes here ... */ |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | b1c0d33 | 2009-05-15 20:39:34 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4524 | |
| 4525 | We mark all non-exported functions with "/* PRIVATE */"": |
| 4526 | |
| 4527 | void /* PRIVATE */ |
| 4528 | png_non_exported_function(png_ptr, png_info, foo) |
| 4529 | { |
| 4530 | body; |
| 4531 | } |
| 4532 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 416976f | 2009-07-27 22:16:09 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4533 | The prototypes for non-exported functions (except for those in |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4f25bf3 | 2009-10-29 23:34:44 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4534 | pngtest) appear in |
| 4535 | pngpriv.h |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 416976f | 2009-07-27 22:16:09 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4536 | above the comment that says |
| 4537 | |
| 4538 | /* Maintainer: Put new private prototypes here ^ and in libpngpf.3 */ |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | b1c0d33 | 2009-05-15 20:39:34 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4539 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | cbbe9a5 | 2011-01-29 16:12:11 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4540 | To avoid polluting the global namespace, the names of all exported |
| 4541 | functions and variables begin with "png_", and all publicly visible C |
| 4542 | preprocessor macros begin with "PNG_". We request that applications that |
| 4543 | use libpng *not* begin any of their own symbols with either of these strings. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | b1c0d33 | 2009-05-15 20:39:34 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4544 | |
| 4545 | We put a space after each comma and after each semicolon |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 49a56e7 | 2010-12-06 20:06:01 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4546 | in "for" statements, and we put spaces before and after each |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | e4c706a | 2010-03-06 14:51:54 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4547 | C binary operator and after "for" or "while", and before |
| 4548 | "?". We don't put a space between a typecast and the expression |
| 4549 | being cast, nor do we put one between a function name and the |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | b1c0d33 | 2009-05-15 20:39:34 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4550 | left parenthesis that follows it: |
| 4551 | |
| 4552 | for (i = 2; i > 0; --i) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4e6b5e9 | 2009-09-23 10:24:53 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4553 | y[i] = a(x) + (int)b; |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | b1c0d33 | 2009-05-15 20:39:34 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4554 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | d60c886 | 2009-06-15 21:56:14 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4555 | We prefer #ifdef and #ifndef to #if defined() and if !defined() |
| 4556 | when there is only one macro being tested. |
| 4557 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 8db1998 | 2011-10-27 16:17:24 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4558 | We prefer to express integers that are used as bit masks in hex format, |
| 4559 | with an even number of lower-case hex digits (e.g., 0x00, 0xff, 0x0100). |
| 4560 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4e6b5e9 | 2009-09-23 10:24:53 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4561 | We do not use the TAB character for indentation in the C sources. |
| 4562 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 62ca98e | 2009-12-20 15:14:57 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4563 | Lines do not exceed 80 characters. |
| 4564 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | f210a05 | 2009-11-12 10:02:24 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4565 | Other rules can be inferred by inspecting the libpng source. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | b1c0d33 | 2009-05-15 20:39:34 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4566 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5b40b01 | 2010-11-25 07:16:29 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4567 | XIV. Y2K Compliance in libpng |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4568 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 8db1998 | 2011-10-27 16:17:24 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 4569 | October 27, 2011 |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4570 | |
| 4571 | Since the PNG Development group is an ad-hoc body, we can't make |
| 4572 | an official declaration. |
| 4573 | |
| 4574 | This is your unofficial assurance that libpng from version 0.71 and |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | b206864 | 2011-10-26 08:41:37 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4575 | upward through 1.5.6rc02 are Y2K compliant. It is my belief that earlier |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp@comcast.net | 9a692c0 | 2009-05-15 20:38:11 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4576 | versions were also Y2K compliant. |
| 4577 | |
| 4578 | Libpng only has three year fields. One is a 2-byte unsigned integer that |
| 4579 | will hold years up to 65535. The other two hold the date in text |
| 4580 | format, and will hold years up to 9999. |
| 4581 | |
| 4582 | The integer is |
| 4583 | "png_uint_16 year" in png_time_struct. |
| 4584 | |
| 4585 | The strings are |
| 4586 | "png_charp time_buffer" in png_struct and |
| 4587 | "near_time_buffer", which is a local character string in png.c. |
| 4588 | |
| 4589 | There are seven time-related functions: |
| 4590 | |
| 4591 | png_convert_to_rfc_1123() in png.c |
| 4592 | (formerly png_convert_to_rfc_1152() in error) |
| 4593 | png_convert_from_struct_tm() in pngwrite.c, called |
| 4594 | in pngwrite.c |
| 4595 | png_convert_from_time_t() in pngwrite.c |
| 4596 | png_get_tIME() in pngget.c |
| 4597 | png_handle_tIME() in pngrutil.c, called in pngread.c |
| 4598 | png_set_tIME() in pngset.c |
| 4599 | png_write_tIME() in pngwutil.c, called in pngwrite.c |
| 4600 | |
| 4601 | All appear to handle dates properly in a Y2K environment. The |
| 4602 | png_convert_from_time_t() function calls gmtime() to convert from system |
| 4603 | clock time, which returns (year - 1900), which we properly convert to |
| 4604 | the full 4-digit year. There is a possibility that applications using |
| 4605 | libpng are not passing 4-digit years into the png_convert_to_rfc_1123() |
| 4606 | function, or that they are incorrectly passing only a 2-digit year |
| 4607 | instead of "year - 1900" into the png_convert_from_struct_tm() function, |
| 4608 | but this is not under our control. The libpng documentation has always |
| 4609 | stated that it works with 4-digit years, and the APIs have been |
| 4610 | documented as such. |
| 4611 | |
| 4612 | The tIME chunk itself is also Y2K compliant. It uses a 2-byte unsigned |
| 4613 | integer to hold the year, and can hold years as large as 65535. |
| 4614 | |
| 4615 | zlib, upon which libpng depends, is also Y2K compliant. It contains |
| 4616 | no date-related code. |
| 4617 | |
| 4618 | |
| 4619 | Glenn Randers-Pehrson |
| 4620 | libpng maintainer |
| 4621 | PNG Development Group |